FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Cannabis Labels

Array ( [post_title] => Cannabis Labels [post_content] =>

 

In 1996 California became the first state to legalize medical cannabis. This sparked a trend that spread throughout most of the United States since. As more states are legalize the medical cannabis market has grown more then 310% globally within the past 4-5 years.

In 2012, Colorado and Washington became the first states to legalize cannabis for recreational use. Since then, other states have joined them, including Whitlam Groups home state of Michigan.

In 2019 the cannabis packaging market in the US was valued at $101.48 billion. By 2025 this market is expected to reach $297.51 billion. This is a 22.59% growth rate within a 6-year period.

As the medical and recreational cannabis markets grow rapidly it is necessary to have suitable packaging for your cannabis products. Due to various government regulations across the globe, the packaging of cannabis is of the upmost importance. Let’s look at some of the design and packaging trends within the cannabis market.

Green Packaging

One trend that we have noticed to be popular within the cannabis market is green packaging. Green packaging uses materials that are recyclable, biodegradable, and compostable.

Cannabis is promoted as on all-natural solutions so making sure the packaging is eco-friendly is important to promote an image of environmental consciousness. Some eco-friendly solutions include

Compliance Needs              

Making sure your packaging has shelf-appeal while complying with packaging laws is important when designing the right packaging solutions. While creative design is important for image appeal, complying with regulations and requirements are important for brand-trust.

Before designing your packaging product, it is important to check with your state regulations and other requirements for cannabis. It is important that before starting packaging production you share the regulations and requirements with your packaging manufacture.

Labeling requirements for cannabis products vary in each state, but there are general labeling requirements for all cannabis products. Products with more THC have a more pronounced testing and labeling requirements than products that are more marijuana-based.

One requirement for cannabis labels is that it must include the potency of marijuana and concentrates. This information can be displayed in two ways on a label. One way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and in a font that is at least two sizes bigger than the other label text. The second way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and highlighted with a bright noticeable color.

When displaying the percentage levels for cannabinoids on labels it should be shown by range and appear from lowest to highest concentration. All marijuana-infused products must also have a potency statement.

For mor information regarding laws and regulations on labeling and selling of marijuana in Michigan please visit this link: https://www.michigan.gov/lara/0,4601,7-154-89334_79571—,00.html

 Creative Design

 When designing cannabis packaging it is important to first know who your audience will be. The cannabis market is not a one-size-fits-all proposition though. Different demographics find different benefits from THC and CBD. Each consumer group is also split between using for health and wellness or for recreational purposes.

There is also a growing market for dog’s as well. Reports indicate that cannabis products for pets could reach a $1 billion industry by 2022.

It is important to create a design that will appeal to the demographic you want to target. If so you are targeting different demographics it is important to keep your design appealing to all. In order to keep your design sophisticated and appealing here are a few design characteristics to keep in mind:

Users should be able to distinguish between recreational and medicinal cannabis products. It is important to ensure that your design is appealing to consumers as well as having them be able to tell the difference between medicinal and recreational products by the design of the packaging.

Here are some design options that are associated with different demographic groups.

Luxury

A luxury design can be used for an upscale look. This can attract a more mature, discerning demographic. Some design aspects that we see with a luxury look include foil accents, subdued color palettes, simplified shapes, clean lines, and elegant typography.

Natural

This design trends show cases the natural aspect of cannabis products. This design can be used when targeting the more health-conscious demographic. Some ways you can create a natural design in your packaging and labels is by using earthly colors like greens and browns, and also using words/language that have a more natural feel such as “whole”, “raw”, and “organic.” For more information on other natural solutions read above on green packaging.

Minimalist

A minimalist design can give your brand a stylish, contemporary look that is subtle but still communicates the quality of your product. A Minimalist design can be portrayed as boring or plane but there are a few techniques that you can be creative with this type of design that can be very appealing. Making sure to only use 2 or 3 colors and using clean geometric shapes are known to be appealing and eye catching. This design can attract younger and new customers.

Health

Medical cannabis is legal in more states than recreational cannabis is which means there are more opportunity to tap into the medical cannabis market. Taking advantage of the medical aspect of your product by using medical or pharmaceutical symbols and colors can add legitimacy to your business and appeal to medical users. Highlighting the health benefits by adding statements like “pain relief,” or “anti-inflammatory” can also be appealing.

With Whitlam Group’s Marketing and In-House Graphics team we can help you design an outstanding label that appeals to the demographic you are trying to target for your cannabis products. Contact us today for more information and help to get started with your labeling needs.

The post Cannabis Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

  In 1996 California became the first state to legalize medical cannabis. This sparked a trend that spread throughout most of the United States since. As more states are legalize the medical cannabis market has grown more then 310% globally …

The post Cannabis Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-05-05 12:30:12 [post_date] => 2020-05-05 12:30:12 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-05-05 12:30:12 [post_modified] => 2020-05-05 12:30:12 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9256 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/cannabis-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/cannabis-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/cannabis-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => d3c19dbc8a0649047ea714dde8fd7f4e ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 [1] => 14 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1023 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/cbd-cider.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/cbd-cider.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

 

In 1996 California became the first state to legalize medical cannabis. This sparked a trend that spread throughout most of the United States since. As more states are legalize the medical cannabis market has grown more then 310% globally within the past 4-5 years.

In 2012, Colorado and Washington became the first states to legalize cannabis for recreational use. Since then, other states have joined them, including Whitlam Groups home state of Michigan.

In 2019 the cannabis packaging market in the US was valued at $101.48 billion. By 2025 this market is expected to reach $297.51 billion. This is a 22.59% growth rate within a 6-year period.

As the medical and recreational cannabis markets grow rapidly it is necessary to have suitable packaging for your cannabis products. Due to various government regulations across the globe, the packaging of cannabis is of the upmost importance. Let’s look at some of the design and packaging trends within the cannabis market.

Green Packaging

One trend that we have noticed to be popular within the cannabis market is green packaging. Green packaging uses materials that are recyclable, biodegradable, and compostable.

Cannabis is promoted as on all-natural solutions so making sure the packaging is eco-friendly is important to promote an image of environmental consciousness. Some eco-friendly solutions include

Compliance Needs              

Making sure your packaging has shelf-appeal while complying with packaging laws is important when designing the right packaging solutions. While creative design is important for image appeal, complying with regulations and requirements are important for brand-trust.

Before designing your packaging product, it is important to check with your state regulations and other requirements for cannabis. It is important that before starting packaging production you share the regulations and requirements with your packaging manufacture.

Labeling requirements for cannabis products vary in each state, but there are general labeling requirements for all cannabis products. Products with more THC have a more pronounced testing and labeling requirements than products that are more marijuana-based.

One requirement for cannabis labels is that it must include the potency of marijuana and concentrates. This information can be displayed in two ways on a label. One way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and in a font that is at least two sizes bigger than the other label text. The second way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and highlighted with a bright noticeable color.

When displaying the percentage levels for cannabinoids on labels it should be shown by range and appear from lowest to highest concentration. All marijuana-infused products must also have a potency statement.

For mor information regarding laws and regulations on labeling and selling of marijuana in Michigan please visit this link: https://www.michigan.gov/lara/0,4601,7-154-89334_79571—,00.html

 Creative Design

 When designing cannabis packaging it is important to first know who your audience will be. The cannabis market is not a one-size-fits-all proposition though. Different demographics find different benefits from THC and CBD. Each consumer group is also split between using for health and wellness or for recreational purposes.

There is also a growing market for dog’s as well. Reports indicate that cannabis products for pets could reach a $1 billion industry by 2022.

It is important to create a design that will appeal to the demographic you want to target. If so you are targeting different demographics it is important to keep your design appealing to all. In order to keep your design sophisticated and appealing here are a few design characteristics to keep in mind:

Users should be able to distinguish between recreational and medicinal cannabis products. It is important to ensure that your design is appealing to consumers as well as having them be able to tell the difference between medicinal and recreational products by the design of the packaging.

Here are some design options that are associated with different demographic groups.

Luxury

A luxury design can be used for an upscale look. This can attract a more mature, discerning demographic. Some design aspects that we see with a luxury look include foil accents, subdued color palettes, simplified shapes, clean lines, and elegant typography.

Natural

This design trends show cases the natural aspect of cannabis products. This design can be used when targeting the more health-conscious demographic. Some ways you can create a natural design in your packaging and labels is by using earthly colors like greens and browns, and also using words/language that have a more natural feel such as “whole”, “raw”, and “organic.” For more information on other natural solutions read above on green packaging.

Minimalist

A minimalist design can give your brand a stylish, contemporary look that is subtle but still communicates the quality of your product. A Minimalist design can be portrayed as boring or plane but there are a few techniques that you can be creative with this type of design that can be very appealing. Making sure to only use 2 or 3 colors and using clean geometric shapes are known to be appealing and eye catching. This design can attract younger and new customers.

Health

Medical cannabis is legal in more states than recreational cannabis is which means there are more opportunity to tap into the medical cannabis market. Taking advantage of the medical aspect of your product by using medical or pharmaceutical symbols and colors can add legitimacy to your business and appeal to medical users. Highlighting the health benefits by adding statements like “pain relief,” or “anti-inflammatory” can also be appealing.

With Whitlam Group’s Marketing and In-House Graphics team we can help you design an outstanding label that appeals to the demographic you are trying to target for your cannabis products. Contact us today for more information and help to get started with your labeling needs.

The post Cannabis Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/600mg-CBD-Super-Drops-Sapphire-Essentials-367x367-e1588625341969.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/600mg-CBD-Super-Drops-Sapphire-Essentials-367x367-e1588625341969.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Cannabis Labels

 

In 1996 California became the first state to legalize medical cannabis. This sparked a trend that spread throughout most of the United States since. As more states are legalize the medical cannabis market has grown more then 310% globally within the past 4-5 years.

In 2012, Colorado and Washington became the first states to legalize cannabis for recreational use. Since then, other states have joined them, including Whitlam Groups home state of Michigan.

In 2019 the cannabis packaging market in the US was valued at $101.48 billion. By 2025 this market is expected to reach $297.51 billion. This is a 22.59% growth rate within a 6-year period.

As the medical and recreational cannabis markets grow rapidly it is necessary to have suitable packaging for your cannabis products. Due to various government regulations across the globe, the packaging of cannabis is of the upmost importance. Let’s look at some of the design and packaging trends within the cannabis market.

Green Packaging

One trend that we have noticed to be popular within the cannabis market is green packaging. Green packaging uses materials that are recyclable, biodegradable, and compostable.

Cannabis is promoted as on all-natural solutions so making sure the packaging is eco-friendly is important to promote an image of environmental consciousness. Some eco-friendly solutions include

Compliance Needs              

Making sure your packaging has shelf-appeal while complying with packaging laws is important when designing the right packaging solutions. While creative design is important for image appeal, complying with regulations and requirements are important for brand-trust.

Before designing your packaging product, it is important to check with your state regulations and other requirements for cannabis. It is important that before starting packaging production you share the regulations and requirements with your packaging manufacture.

Labeling requirements for cannabis products vary in each state, but there are general labeling requirements for all cannabis products. Products with more THC have a more pronounced testing and labeling requirements than products that are more marijuana-based.

One requirement for cannabis labels is that it must include the potency of marijuana and concentrates. This information can be displayed in two ways on a label. One way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and in a font that is at least two sizes bigger than the other label text. The second way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and highlighted with a bright noticeable color.

When displaying the percentage levels for cannabinoids on labels it should be shown by range and appear from lowest to highest concentration. All marijuana-infused products must also have a potency statement.

For mor information regarding laws and regulations on labeling and selling of marijuana in Michigan please visit this link: https://www.michigan.gov/lara/0,4601,7-154-89334_79571—,00.html

 Creative Design

 When designing cannabis packaging it is important to first know who your audience will be. The cannabis market is not a one-size-fits-all proposition though. Different demographics find different benefits from THC and CBD. Each consumer group is also split between using for health and wellness or for recreational purposes.

There is also a growing market for dog’s as well. Reports indicate that cannabis products for pets could reach a $1 billion industry by 2022.

It is important to create a design that will appeal to the demographic you want to target. If so you are targeting different demographics it is important to keep your design appealing to all. In order to keep your design sophisticated and appealing here are a few design characteristics to keep in mind:

Users should be able to distinguish between recreational and medicinal cannabis products. It is important to ensure that your design is appealing to consumers as well as having them be able to tell the difference between medicinal and recreational products by the design of the packaging.

Here are some design options that are associated with different demographic groups.

Luxury

A luxury design can be used for an upscale look. This can attract a more mature, discerning demographic. Some design aspects that we see with a luxury look include foil accents, subdued color palettes, simplified shapes, clean lines, and elegant typography.

Natural

This design trends show cases the natural aspect of cannabis products. This design can be used when targeting the more health-conscious demographic. Some ways you can create a natural design in your packaging and labels is by using earthly colors like greens and browns, and also using words/language that have a more natural feel such as “whole”, “raw”, and “organic.” For more information on other natural solutions read above on green packaging.

Minimalist

A minimalist design can give your brand a stylish, contemporary look that is subtle but still communicates the quality of your product. A Minimalist design can be portrayed as boring or plane but there are a few techniques that you can be creative with this type of design that can be very appealing. Making sure to only use 2 or 3 colors and using clean geometric shapes are known to be appealing and eye catching. This design can attract younger and new customers.

Health

Medical cannabis is legal in more states than recreational cannabis is which means there are more opportunity to tap into the medical cannabis market. Taking advantage of the medical aspect of your product by using medical or pharmaceutical symbols and colors can add legitimacy to your business and appeal to medical users. Highlighting the health benefits by adding statements like “pain relief,” or “anti-inflammatory” can also be appealing.

With Whitlam Group’s Marketing and In-House Graphics team we can help you design an outstanding label that appeals to the demographic you are trying to target for your cannabis products. Contact us today for more information and help to get started with your labeling needs.

The post Cannabis Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/750mg-CBD-Softgels-Curcumin-Sapphire-Essentials-367x367-e1588625292395.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/750mg-CBD-Softgels-Curcumin-Sapphire-Essentials-367x367-e1588625292395.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Cannabis Labels

 

In 1996 California became the first state to legalize medical cannabis. This sparked a trend that spread throughout most of the United States since. As more states are legalize the medical cannabis market has grown more then 310% globally within the past 4-5 years.

Cannabis Labels

In 2012, Colorado and Washington became the first states to legalize cannabis for recreational use. Since then, other states have joined them, including Whitlam Groups home state of Michigan.

In 2019 the cannabis packaging market in the US was valued at $101.48 billion. By 2025 this market is expected to reach $297.51 billion. This is a 22.59% growth rate within a 6-year period.

As the medical and recreational cannabis markets grow rapidly it is necessary to have suitable packaging for your cannabis products. Due to various government regulations across the globe, the packaging of cannabis is of the upmost importance. Let’s look at some of the design and packaging trends within the cannabis market.

Green Packaging

One trend that we have noticed to be popular within the cannabis market is green packaging. Green packaging uses materials that are recyclable, biodegradable, and compostable.

Cannabis is promoted as on all-natural solutions so making sure the packaging is eco-friendly is important to promote an image of environmental consciousness. Some eco-friendly solutions include

Compliance Needs              

Making sure your packaging has shelf-appeal while complying with packaging laws is important when designing the right packaging solutions. While creative design is important for image appeal, complying with regulations and requirements are important for brand-trust.

Before designing your packaging product, it is important to check with your state regulations and other requirements for cannabis. It is important that before starting packaging production you share the regulations and requirements with your packaging manufacture.

Labeling requirements for cannabis products vary in each state, but there are general labeling requirements for all cannabis products. Products with more THC have a more pronounced testing and labeling requirements than products that are more marijuana-based.

One requirement for cannabis labels is that it must include the potency of marijuana and concentrates. This information can be displayed in two ways on a label. One way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and in a font that is at least two sizes bigger than the other label text. The second way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and highlighted with a bright noticeable color.

When displaying the percentage levels for cannabinoids on labels it should be shown by range and appear from lowest to highest concentration. All marijuana-infused products must also have a potency statement.

For mor information regarding laws and regulations on labeling and selling of marijuana in Michigan please visit this link: https://www.michigan.gov/lara/0,4601,7-154-89334_79571—,00.html

 Creative Design

 When designing cannabis packaging it is important to first know who your audience will be. The cannabis market is not a one-size-fits-all proposition though. Different demographics find different benefits from THC and CBD. Each consumer group is also split between using for health and wellness or for recreational purposes.

There is also a growing market for dog’s as well. Reports indicate that cannabis products for pets could reach a $1 billion industry by 2022.

It is important to create a design that will appeal to the demographic you want to target. If so you are targeting different demographics it is important to keep your design appealing to all. In order to keep your design sophisticated and appealing here are a few design characteristics to keep in mind:

Users should be able to distinguish between recreational and medicinal cannabis products. It is important to ensure that your design is appealing to consumers as well as having them be able to tell the difference between medicinal and recreational products by the design of the packaging.

Here are some design options that are associated with different demographic groups.

Luxury

A luxury design can be used for an upscale look. This can attract a more mature, discerning demographic. Some design aspects that we see with a luxury look include foil accents, subdued color palettes, simplified shapes, clean lines, and elegant typography.

Natural

This design trends show cases the natural aspect of cannabis products. This design can be used when targeting the more health-conscious demographic. Some ways you can create a natural design in your packaging and labels is by using earthly colors like greens and browns, and also using words/language that have a more natural feel such as “whole”, “raw”, and “organic.” For more information on other natural solutions read above on green packaging.

Minimalist

A minimalist design can give your brand a stylish, contemporary look that is subtle but still communicates the quality of your product. A Minimalist design can be portrayed as boring or plane but there are a few techniques that you can be creative with this type of design that can be very appealing. Making sure to only use 2 or 3 colors and using clean geometric shapes are known to be appealing and eye catching. This design can attract younger and new customers.

Health

Medical cannabis is legal in more states than recreational cannabis is which means there are more opportunity to tap into the medical cannabis market. Taking advantage of the medical aspect of your product by using medical or pharmaceutical symbols and colors can add legitimacy to your business and appeal to medical users. Highlighting the health benefits by adding statements like “pain relief,” or “anti-inflammatory” can also be appealing.

With Whitlam Group’s Marketing and In-House Graphics team we can help you design an outstanding label that appeals to the demographic you are trying to target for your cannabis products. Contact us today for more information and help to get started with your labeling needs.

The post Cannabis Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/gridiron-gummies-daytime-30count.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/gridiron-gummies-daytime-30count.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Cannabis Labels

 

In 1996 California became the first state to legalize medical cannabis. This sparked a trend that spread throughout most of the United States since. As more states are legalize the medical cannabis market has grown more then 310% globally within the past 4-5 years.

Cannabis Labels

In 2012, Colorado and Washington became the first states to legalize cannabis for recreational use. Since then, other states have joined them, including Whitlam Groups home state of Michigan.

In 2019 the cannabis packaging market in the US was valued at $101.48 billion. By 2025 this market is expected to reach $297.51 billion. This is a 22.59% growth rate within a 6-year period.

As the medical and recreational cannabis markets grow rapidly it is necessary to have suitable packaging for your cannabis products. Due to various government regulations across the globe, the packaging of cannabis is of the upmost importance. Let’s look at some of the design and packaging trends within the cannabis market.

Green Packaging

One trend that we have noticed to be popular within the cannabis market is green packaging. Green packaging uses materials that are recyclable, biodegradable, and compostable.

Cannabis is promoted as on all-natural solutions so making sure the packaging is eco-friendly is important to promote an image of environmental consciousness. Some eco-friendly solutions include

Compliance Needs              

Making sure your packaging has shelf-appeal while complying with packaging laws is important when designing the right packaging solutions. While creative design is important for image appeal, complying with regulations and requirements are important for brand-trust.

Before designing your packaging product, it is important to check with your state regulations and other requirements for cannabis. It is important that before starting packaging production you share the regulations and requirements with your packaging manufacture.

Labeling requirements for cannabis products vary in each state, but there are general labeling requirements for all cannabis products. Products with more THC have a more pronounced testing and labeling requirements than products that are more marijuana-based.

One requirement for cannabis labels is that it must include the potency of marijuana and concentrates. This information can be displayed in two ways on a label. One way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and in a font that is at least two sizes bigger than the other label text. The second way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and highlighted with a bright noticeable color.

When displaying the percentage levels for cannabinoids on labels it should be shown by range and appear from lowest to highest concentration. All marijuana-infused products must also have a potency statement.

For mor information regarding laws and regulations on labeling and selling of marijuana in Michigan please visit this link: https://www.michigan.gov/lara/0,4601,7-154-89334_79571—,00.html

 Creative Design

 When designing cannabis packaging it is important to first know who your audience will be. The cannabis market is not a one-size-fits-all proposition though. Different demographics find different benefits from THC and CBD. Each consumer group is also split between using for health and wellness or for recreational purposes.

There is also a growing market for dog’s as well. Reports indicate that cannabis products for pets could reach a $1 billion industry by 2022.

It is important to create a design that will appeal to the demographic you want to target. If so you are targeting different demographics it is important to keep your design appealing to all. In order to keep your design sophisticated and appealing here are a few design characteristics to keep in mind:

Users should be able to distinguish between recreational and medicinal cannabis products. It is important to ensure that your design is appealing to consumers as well as having them be able to tell the difference between medicinal and recreational products by the design of the packaging.

Here are some design options that are associated with different demographic groups.

Luxury

A luxury design can be used for an upscale look. This can attract a more mature, discerning demographic. Some design aspects that we see with a luxury look include foil accents, subdued color palettes, simplified shapes, clean lines, and elegant typography.

Natural

This design trends show cases the natural aspect of cannabis products. This design can be used when targeting the more health-conscious demographic. Some ways you can create a natural design in your packaging and labels is by using earthly colors like greens and browns, and also using words/language that have a more natural feel such as “whole”, “raw”, and “organic.” For more information on other natural solutions read above on green packaging.

Minimalist

A minimalist design can give your brand a stylish, contemporary look that is subtle but still communicates the quality of your product. A Minimalist design can be portrayed as boring or plane but there are a few techniques that you can be creative with this type of design that can be very appealing. Making sure to only use 2 or 3 colors and using clean geometric shapes are known to be appealing and eye catching. This design can attract younger and new customers.

Health

Medical cannabis is legal in more states than recreational cannabis is which means there are more opportunity to tap into the medical cannabis market. Taking advantage of the medical aspect of your product by using medical or pharmaceutical symbols and colors can add legitimacy to your business and appeal to medical users. Highlighting the health benefits by adding statements like “pain relief,” or “anti-inflammatory” can also be appealing.

With Whitlam Group’s Marketing and In-House Graphics team we can help you design an outstanding label that appeals to the demographic you are trying to target for your cannabis products. Contact us today for more information and help to get started with your labeling needs.

The post Cannabis Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/cannabis-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/cannabis-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/cannabis-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => d3c19dbc8a0649047ea714dde8fd7f4e )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Cannabis Labels

Array ( [post_title] => Cannabis Labels [post_content] =>

Cannabis Labels

 

In 1996 California became the first state to legalize medical cannabis. This sparked a trend that spread throughout most of the United States since. As more states are legalize the medical cannabis market has grown more then 310% globally within the past 4-5 years.

Cannabis Labels

In 2012, Colorado and Washington became the first states to legalize cannabis for recreational use. Since then, other states have joined them, including Whitlam Groups home state of Michigan.

In 2019 the cannabis packaging market in the US was valued at $101.48 billion. By 2025 this market is expected to reach $297.51 billion. This is a 22.59% growth rate within a 6-year period.

As the medical and recreational cannabis markets grow rapidly it is necessary to have suitable packaging for your cannabis products. Due to various government regulations across the globe, the packaging of cannabis is of the upmost importance. Let’s look at some of the design and packaging trends within the cannabis market.

Green Packaging

One trend that we have noticed to be popular within the cannabis market is green packaging. Green packaging uses materials that are recyclable, biodegradable, and compostable.

Cannabis is promoted as on all-natural solutions so making sure the packaging is eco-friendly is important to promote an image of environmental consciousness. Some eco-friendly solutions include

Compliance Needs              

Making sure your packaging has shelf-appeal while complying with packaging laws is important when designing the right packaging solutions. While creative design is important for image appeal, complying with regulations and requirements are important for brand-trust.

Before designing your packaging product, it is important to check with your state regulations and other requirements for cannabis. It is important that before starting packaging production you share the regulations and requirements with your packaging manufacture.

Labeling requirements for cannabis products vary in each state, but there are general labeling requirements for all cannabis products. Products with more THC have a more pronounced testing and labeling requirements than products that are more marijuana-based.

One requirement for cannabis labels is that it must include the potency of marijuana and concentrates. This information can be displayed in two ways on a label. One way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and in a font that is at least two sizes bigger than the other label text. The second way is to have the font be no smaller than 10-point font, bold, framed, and highlighted with a bright noticeable color.

When displaying the percentage levels for cannabinoids on labels it should be shown by range and appear from lowest to highest concentration. All marijuana-infused products must also have a potency statement.

For mor information regarding laws and regulations on labeling and selling of marijuana in Michigan please visit this link: https://www.michigan.gov/lara/0,4601,7-154-89334_79571—,00.html

 Creative Design

 When designing cannabis packaging it is important to first know who your audience will be. The cannabis market is not a one-size-fits-all proposition though. Different demographics find different benefits from THC and CBD. Each consumer group is also split between using for health and wellness or for recreational purposes.

There is also a growing market for dog’s as well. Reports indicate that cannabis products for pets could reach a $1 billion industry by 2022.

It is important to create a design that will appeal to the demographic you want to target. If so you are targeting different demographics it is important to keep your design appealing to all. In order to keep your design sophisticated and appealing here are a few design characteristics to keep in mind:

Users should be able to distinguish between recreational and medicinal cannabis products. It is important to ensure that your design is appealing to consumers as well as having them be able to tell the difference between medicinal and recreational products by the design of the packaging.

Here are some design options that are associated with different demographic groups.

Luxury

A luxury design can be used for an upscale look. This can attract a more mature, discerning demographic. Some design aspects that we see with a luxury look include foil accents, subdued color palettes, simplified shapes, clean lines, and elegant typography.

Natural

This design trends show cases the natural aspect of cannabis products. This design can be used when targeting the more health-conscious demographic. Some ways you can create a natural design in your packaging and labels is by using earthly colors like greens and browns, and also using words/language that have a more natural feel such as “whole”, “raw”, and “organic.” For more information on other natural solutions read above on green packaging.

Minimalist Cannabis Labels

A minimalist design can give your brand a stylish, contemporary look that is subtle but still communicates the quality of your product. A Minimalist design can be portrayed as boring or plane but there are a few techniques that you can be creative with this type of design that can be very appealing. Making sure to only use 2 or 3 colors and using clean geometric shapes are known to be appealing and eye catching. This design can attract younger and new customers.

Health

Medical cannabis is legal in more states than recreational cannabis is which means there are more opportunity to tap into the medical cannabis market. Taking advantage of the medical aspect of your product by using medical or pharmaceutical symbols and colors can add legitimacy to your business and appeal to medical users. Highlighting the health benefits by adding statements like “pain relief,” or “anti-inflammatory” can also be appealing.

With Whitlam Group’s Marketing and In-House Graphics team we can help you design an outstanding label that appeals to the demographic you are trying to target for your cannabis products. Contact us today for more information and help to get started with your labeling needs.

The post Cannabis Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

  In 1996 California became the first state to legalize medical cannabis. This sparked a trend that spread throughout most of the United States since. As more states are legalize the medical cannabis market has grown more then 310% globally …

The post Cannabis Labels appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-05-05 12:30:12 [post_date] => 2020-05-05 12:30:12 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-05-05 12:30:12 [post_modified] => 2020-05-05 12:30:12 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9256 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/cannabis-labels/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/cannabis-labels/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/cannabis-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => d3c19dbc8a0649047ea714dde8fd7f4e [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 [1] => 14 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1023 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Engineered Solutions

Array ( [post_title] => Engineered Solutions [post_content] =>

Whitlam group is an industry leader in complete engineered solutions for complex requirements. With over 50 years of experience in the Automotive industry we have build relationships with many engineers and understand the complexity of OEM requirements.

Our custom engineered solutions simplify industry making and manufacturing process, making them leaner and reducing costs. Whitlam’s goal is to make the tough stuff easy and we are here to help you solve your high-performance labeling challenges with our engineered solutions.

Engineered Solutions

Custom Die-Cut Converting

Our team at Whitlam specializes in design and custom conversions to create a product that meets your needs. Our R&D team and highly skilled engineers can help find the best solution for your application. One solution to replace mechanical fasteners during the application process is by using custom die-cut converting tapes. Some of Whitlam’s converted product solutions include:

Harsh Environment Labels

Harsh environment labels have their own specific requirements custom to each customer. With a wide variety of materials and adhesives, Whitlam can custom engineer each solution to provide long-lasting performance under the harshest of conditions. Some harsh environment conditions include those related to temperature, abrasion, humidity, chemical and UV exposure. Whitlam’s labeling solutions include:

Product Identification and Part Marking

Product Identification is critical for Brand Owners, Design Engineers, Legal Departments, End Users, and many others. Gain control of your supply chain and let Whitlam custom design a solution for your products that need to be individually marked for Product Identification, Part Marking, and Tracking purposes throughout the supply chain.

Functional Components 

Functional die-cut component solutions are custom engineered to your specifications in order to improve assembly operations and reduce contamination, damage and scrap all while generating cost savings. Some Functional Component products options include:

 

Whitlam Group can help you find the right label for your specific application that meet your specific requirements. Contact us today for more information!

The post Engineered Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Whitlam group is an industry leader in complete engineered solutions for complex requirements. With over 50 years of experience in the Automotive industry we have build relationships with many engineers and understand the complexity of OEM requirements. Our custom engineered …

The post Engineered Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-03-11 18:32:54 [post_date] => 2020-03-11 18:32:54 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-03-11 18:32:54 [post_modified] => 2020-03-11 18:32:54 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9228 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/engineered-solutions/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/engineered-solutions/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/engineered-solutions/ [syndication_item_hash] => a51348d72cfbb2e57c2b02c6f0ac1b17 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Harsh_enviorment_index_pg.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Harsh_enviorment_index_pg.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Whitlam group is an industry leader in complete engineered solutions for complex requirements. With over 50 years of experience in the Automotive industry we have build relationships with many engineers and understand the complexity of OEM requirements.

Our custom engineered solutions simplify industry making and manufacturing process, making them leaner and reducing costs. Whitlam’s goal is to make the tough stuff easy and we are here to help you solve your high-performance labeling challenges with our engineered solutions.

Engineered Solutions

Custom Die-Cut Converting

Our team at Whitlam specializes in design and custom conversions to create a product that meets your needs. Our R&D team and highly skilled engineers can help find the best solution for your application. One solution to replace mechanical fasteners during the application process is by using custom die-cut converting tapes. Some of Whitlam’s converted product solutions include:

Harsh Environment Labels

Harsh environment labels have their own specific requirements custom to each customer. With a wide variety of materials and adhesives, Whitlam can custom engineer each solution to provide long-lasting performance under the harshest of conditions. Some harsh environment conditions include those related to temperature, abrasion, humidity, chemical and UV exposure. Whitlam’s labeling solutions include:

Product Identification and Part Marking

Product Identification is critical for Brand Owners, Design Engineers, Legal Departments, End Users, and many others. Gain control of your supply chain and let Whitlam custom design a solution for your products that need to be individually marked for Product Identification, Part Marking, and Tracking purposes throughout the supply chain.

Functional Components 

Functional die-cut component solutions are custom engineered to your specifications in order to improve assembly operations and reduce contamination, damage and scrap all while generating cost savings. Some Functional Component products options include:

 

Whitlam Group can help you find the right label for your specific application that meet your specific requirements. Contact us today for more information!

The post Engineered Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/31_13904.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/31_13904.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Engineered Solutions

Whitlam group is an industry leader in complete engineered solutions for complex requirements. With over 50 years of experience in the Automotive industry we have build relationships with many engineers and understand the complexity of OEM requirements.

Our custom engineered solutions simplify industry making and manufacturing process, making them leaner and reducing costs. Whitlam’s goal is to make the tough stuff easy and we are here to help you solve your high-performance labeling challenges with our engineered solutions.

Engineered Solutions

Custom Die-Cut Converting

Our team at Whitlam specializes in design and custom conversions to create a product that meets your needs. Our R&D team and highly skilled engineers can help find the best solution for your application. One solution to replace mechanical fasteners during the application process is by using custom die-cut converting tapes. Some of Whitlam’s converted product solutions include:

Harsh Environment Labels

Harsh environment labels have their own specific requirements custom to each customer. With a wide variety of materials and adhesives, Whitlam can custom engineer each solution to provide long-lasting performance under the harshest of conditions. Some harsh environment conditions include those related to temperature, abrasion, humidity, chemical and UV exposure. Whitlam’s labeling solutions include:

Product Identification and Part Marking

Product Identification is critical for Brand Owners, Design Engineers, Legal Departments, End Users, and many others. Gain control of your supply chain and let Whitlam custom design a solution for your products that need to be individually marked for Product Identification, Part Marking, and Tracking purposes throughout the supply chain.

Functional Components 

Functional die-cut component solutions are custom engineered to your specifications in order to improve assembly operations and reduce contamination, damage and scrap all while generating cost savings. Some Functional Component products options include:

 

Whitlam Group can help you find the right label for your specific application that meet your specific requirements. Contact us today for more information!

The post Engineered Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Underhood_Image2.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Underhood_Image2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Engineered Solutions

Whitlam group is an industry leader in complete engineered solutions for complex requirements. With over 50 years of experience in the Automotive industry we have build relationships with many engineers and understand the complexity of OEM requirements.

Our custom engineered solutions simplify industry making and manufacturing process, making them leaner and reducing costs. Whitlam’s goal is to make the tough stuff easy and we are here to help you solve your high-performance labeling challenges with our engineered solutions.

Engineered Solutions

Custom Die-Cut Converting Engineered Solutions

Our team at Whitlam specializes in design and custom conversions to create a product that meets your needs. Our R&D team and highly skilled engineers can help find the best solution for your application. One solution to replace mechanical fasteners during the application process is by using custom die-cut converting tapes. Some of Whitlam’s converted product solutions include:

Harsh Environment Labels

Harsh environment labels have their own specific requirements custom to each customer. With a wide variety of materials and adhesives, Whitlam can custom engineer each solution to provide long-lasting performance under the harshest of conditions. Some harsh environment conditions include those related to temperature, abrasion, humidity, chemical and UV exposure. Whitlam’s labeling solutions include:

Product Identification and Part Marking

Product Identification is critical for Brand Owners, Design Engineers, Legal Departments, End Users, and many others. Gain control of your supply chain and let Whitlam custom design a solution for your products that need to be individually marked for Product Identification, Part Marking, and Tracking purposes throughout the supply chain.

Functional Components 

Functional die-cut component solutions are custom engineered to your specifications in order to improve assembly operations and reduce contamination, damage and scrap all while generating cost savings. Some Functional Component products options include:

 

Whitlam Group can help you find the right label for your specific application that meet your specific requirements. Contact us today for more information!

The post Engineered Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/AlldiecutsFastPhoto.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/AlldiecutsFastPhoto.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Engineered Solutions

Whitlam group is an industry leader in complete engineered solutions for complex requirements. With over 50 years of experience in the Automotive industry we have build relationships with many engineers and understand the complexity of OEM requirements.

Our custom engineered solutions simplify industry making and manufacturing process, making them leaner and reducing costs. Whitlam’s goal is to make the tough stuff easy and we are here to help you solve your high-performance labeling challenges with our engineered solutions.

Engineered Solutions

Custom Die-Cut Converting Engineered Solutions

Our team at Whitlam specializes in design and custom conversions to create a product that meets your needs. Our R&D team and highly skilled engineers can help find the best solution for your application. One solution to replace mechanical fasteners during the application process is by using custom die-cut converting tapes. Some of Whitlam’s converted product solutions include:

Harsh Environment Labels Engineered Solutions

Harsh environment labels have their own specific requirements custom to each customer. With a wide variety of materials and adhesives, Whitlam can custom engineer each solution to provide long-lasting performance under the harshest of conditions. Some harsh environment conditions include those related to temperature, abrasion, humidity, chemical and UV exposure. Whitlam’s labeling solutions include:

Product Identification and Part Marking

Product Identification is critical for Brand Owners, Design Engineers, Legal Departments, End Users, and many others. Gain control of your supply chain and let Whitlam custom design a solution for your products that need to be individually marked for Product Identification, Part Marking, and Tracking purposes throughout the supply chain.

Functional Components 

Functional die-cut component solutions are custom engineered to your specifications in order to improve assembly operations and reduce contamination, damage and scrap all while generating cost savings. Some Functional Component products options include:

 

Whitlam Group can help you find the right label for your specific application that meet your specific requirements. Contact us today for more information!

The post Engineered Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/engineered-solutions/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/engineered-solutions/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/engineered-solutions/ [syndication_item_hash] => a51348d72cfbb2e57c2b02c6f0ac1b17 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Engineered Solutions

Array ( [post_title] => Engineered Solutions [post_content] =>

Engineered Solutions

Whitlam group is an industry leader in complete engineered solutions for complex requirements. With over 50 years of experience in the Automotive industry we have build relationships with many engineers and understand the complexity of OEM requirements.

Our custom engineered solutions simplify industry making and manufacturing process, making them leaner and reducing costs. Whitlam’s goal is to make the tough stuff easy and we are here to help you solve your high-performance labeling challenges with our engineered solutions.

Engineered Solutions

Custom Die-Cut Converting Engineered Solutions

Our team at Whitlam specializes in design and custom conversions to create a product that meets your needs. Our R&D team and highly skilled engineers can help find the best solution for your application. One solution to replace mechanical fasteners during the application process is by using custom die-cut converting tapes. Some of Whitlam’s converted product solutions include:

Harsh Environment Labels Engineered Solutions

Harsh environment labels have their own specific requirements custom to each customer. With a wide variety of materials and adhesives, Whitlam can custom engineer each solution to provide long-lasting performance under the harshest of conditions. Some harsh environment conditions include those related to temperature, abrasion, humidity, chemical and UV exposure. Whitlam’s labeling solutions include:

Product Identification and Part Marking

Product Identification is critical for Brand Owners, Design Engineers, Legal Departments, End Users, and many others. Gain control of your supply chain and let Whitlam custom design a solution for your products that need to be individually marked for Product Identification, Part Marking, and Tracking purposes throughout the supply chain.

Functional Components 

Functional die-cut component solutions are custom engineered to your specifications in order to improve assembly operations and reduce contamination, damage and scrap all while generating cost savings. Some Functional Component products options include:Engineered Solutions

 

Whitlam Group can help you find the right label for your specific application that meet your specific requirements. Contact us today for more information!

The post Engineered Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Whitlam group is an industry leader in complete engineered solutions for complex requirements. With over 50 years of experience in the Automotive industry we have build relationships with many engineers and understand the complexity of OEM requirements. Our custom engineered …

The post Engineered Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-03-11 18:32:54 [post_date] => 2020-03-11 18:32:54 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-03-11 18:32:54 [post_modified] => 2020-03-11 18:32:54 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9228 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/engineered-solutions/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/engineered-solutions/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/engineered-solutions/ [syndication_item_hash] => a51348d72cfbb2e57c2b02c6f0ac1b17 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Whitlam Group’s Capabilities

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Group’s Capabilities [post_content] =>

Whitlam’s printing capabilities include Digital Printing, Flexographic Printing, and Converting. However, Whitlam offers more than just print and converting solutions.

Pre-Press/Graphic Art

Whitlam’s in-house graphic design team has a combined 40 years of experience in the pre-press and graphic design industry. They are highly skilled and educated to assist anyone with their design needs. Here are some of the artwork solutions we offer:

In-House Lab

Whitlam Group’s In-House Quality Lab continues to acquire state-of-the-art equipment to ensure conformance to your requirements. We have the capabilities to inspect incoming materials and perform tests on converted labels. Here are some solutions our test lab can offer:

Materials

Whitlam maintains a wide range of materials on hand but also can offer a variety of additional materials. We offer different types of adhesives and thicknesses as well. Some of the most popular materials we offer include:

Finishing, Packaging & Warehousing

Whitlam has the capability to inspect, finish, package, & warehouse your products while executing your specific needs. Our inspections are done visually and on state-of-the-art equipment. Our finishing capabilities include sheeting labels, fan folding, stringing and supplying roll form labels on different size cores.

Our warehouse capabilities include strategically packaged products to ensure quality, security and fast delivery all at a low cost. We can even customize your packaging to meet specific requirements to help streamline your process. 

If you want more information about how Whitlam Capabilities can help assist you with your project needs please contact us today at solutions@whitlam.com

 

The post Whitlam Group’s Capabilities appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Whitlam’s printing capabilities include Digital Printing, Flexographic Printing, and Converting. However, Whitlam offers more than just print and converting solutions. Pre-Press/Graphic Art Whitlam’s in-house graphic design team has a combined 40 years of experience in the pre-press and graphic design …

The post Whitlam Group’s Capabilities appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-03-04 13:51:55 [post_date] => 2020-03-04 13:51:55 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-03-04 13:51:55 [post_modified] => 2020-03-04 13:51:55 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9217 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-groups-capabilities/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-groups-capabilities/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-groups-capabilities/ [syndication_item_hash] => 415e58e99c96f4552a6575d7beca232d ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/In_house_lab_index_banner.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/In_house_lab_index_banner.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Whitlam’s printing capabilities include Digital Printing, Flexographic Printing, and Converting. However, Whitlam offers more than just print and converting solutions.

Pre-Press/Graphic Art

Whitlam’s in-house graphic design team has a combined 40 years of experience in the pre-press and graphic design industry. They are highly skilled and educated to assist anyone with their design needs. Here are some of the artwork solutions we offer:

In-House Lab

Whitlam Group’s In-House Quality Lab continues to acquire state-of-the-art equipment to ensure conformance to your requirements. We have the capabilities to inspect incoming materials and perform tests on converted labels. Here are some solutions our test lab can offer:

Materials

Whitlam maintains a wide range of materials on hand but also can offer a variety of additional materials. We offer different types of adhesives and thicknesses as well. Some of the most popular materials we offer include:

Finishing, Packaging & Warehousing

Whitlam has the capability to inspect, finish, package, & warehouse your products while executing your specific needs. Our inspections are done visually and on state-of-the-art equipment. Our finishing capabilities include sheeting labels, fan folding, stringing and supplying roll form labels on different size cores.

Our warehouse capabilities include strategically packaged products to ensure quality, security and fast delivery all at a low cost. We can even customize your packaging to meet specific requirements to help streamline your process. 

If you want more information about how Whitlam Capabilities can help assist you with your project needs please contact us today at solutions@whitlam.com

 

The post Whitlam Group’s Capabilities appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Lab-e1583329525807.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Lab-e1583329525807.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Whitlam Group’s Capabilities

Whitlam’s printing capabilities include Digital Printing, Flexographic Printing, and Converting. However, Whitlam offers more than just print and converting solutions.

Pre-Press/Graphic Art

Whitlam’s in-house graphic design team has a combined 40 years of experience in the pre-press and graphic design industry. They are highly skilled and educated to assist anyone with their design needs. Here are some of the artwork solutions we offer:

In-House Lab

Whitlam Group’s In-House Quality Lab continues to acquire state-of-the-art equipment to ensure conformance to your requirements. We have the capabilities to inspect incoming materials and perform tests on converted labels. Here are some solutions our test lab can offer:

Materials

Whitlam maintains a wide range of materials on hand but also can offer a variety of additional materials. We offer different types of adhesives and thicknesses as well. Some of the most popular materials we offer include:

Finishing, Packaging & Warehousing

Whitlam has the capability to inspect, finish, package, & warehouse your products while executing your specific needs. Our inspections are done visually and on state-of-the-art equipment. Our finishing capabilities include sheeting labels, fan folding, stringing and supplying roll form labels on different size cores.

Our warehouse capabilities include strategically packaged products to ensure quality, security and fast delivery all at a low cost. We can even customize your packaging to meet specific requirements to help streamline your process. 

If you want more information about how Whitlam Capabilities can help assist you with your project needs please contact us today at solutions@whitlam.com

 

The post Whitlam Group’s Capabilities appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Picture1.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Picture1.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Whitlam Group’s Capabilities

Whitlam’s printing capabilities include Digital Printing, Flexographic Printing, and Converting. However, Whitlam offers more than just print and converting solutions.

Pre-Press/Graphic Art

Whitlam’s in-house graphic design team has a combined 40 years of experience in the pre-press and graphic design industry. They are highly skilled and educated to assist anyone with their design needs. Here are some of the artwork solutions we offer:

In-House Lab

Whitlam Group’s In-House Quality Lab continues to acquire state-of-the-art equipment to ensure conformance to your requirements. We have the capabilities to inspect incoming materials and perform tests on converted labels. Here are some solutions our test lab can offer:

Materials

Whitlam maintains a wide range of materials on hand but also can offer a variety of additional materials. We offer different types of adhesives and thicknesses as well. Some of the most popular materials we offer include:

Finishing, Packaging & Warehousing

Whitlam has the capability to inspect, finish, package, & warehouse your products while executing your specific needs. Our inspections are done visually and on state-of-the-art equipment. Our finishing capabilities include sheeting labels, fan folding, stringing and supplying roll form labels on different size cores.

Our warehouse capabilities include strategically packaged products to ensure quality, security and fast delivery all at a low cost. We can even customize your packaging to meet specific requirements to help streamline your process. 

If you want more information about how Whitlam Capabilities can help assist you with your project needs please contact us today at solutions@whitlam.com

 

The post Whitlam Group’s Capabilities appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-groups-capabilities/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-groups-capabilities/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-groups-capabilities/ [syndication_item_hash] => 415e58e99c96f4552a6575d7beca232d )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Whitlam Group’s Capabilities

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Group’s Capabilities [post_content] =>

Whitlam Group’s Capabilities

Whitlam’s printing capabilities include Digital Printing, Flexographic Printing, and Converting. However, Whitlam offers more than just print and converting solutions.

Pre-Press/Graphic Art

Whitlam’s in-house graphic design team has a combined 40 years of experience in the pre-press and graphic design industry. They are highly skilled and educated to assist anyone with their design needs. Here are some of the artwork solutions we offer:

In-House Lab

Whitlam Group’s In-House Quality Lab continues to acquire state-of-the-art equipment to ensure conformance to your requirements. We have the capabilities to inspect incoming materials and perform tests on converted labels. Here are some solutions our test lab can offer:

Materials

Whitlam maintains a wide range of materials on hand but also can offer a variety of additional materials. We offer different types of adhesives and thicknesses as well. Some of the most popular materials we offer include:

Finishing, Packaging & Warehousing

Whitlam has the capability to inspect, finish, package, & warehouse your products while executing your specific needs. Our inspections are done visually and on state-of-the-art equipment. Our finishing capabilities include sheeting labels, fan folding, stringing and supplying roll form labels on different size cores.

Our warehouse capabilities include strategically packaged products to ensure quality, security and fast delivery all at a low cost. We can even customize your packaging to meet specific requirements to help streamline your process. 

If you want more information about how Whitlam Capabilities can help assist you with your project needs please contact us today at solutions@whitlam.com

 

The post Whitlam Group’s Capabilities appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Whitlam’s printing capabilities include Digital Printing, Flexographic Printing, and Converting. However, Whitlam offers more than just print and converting solutions. Pre-Press/Graphic Art Whitlam’s in-house graphic design team has a combined 40 years of experience in the pre-press and graphic design …

The post Whitlam Group’s Capabilities appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-03-04 13:51:55 [post_date] => 2020-03-04 13:51:55 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-03-04 13:51:55 [post_modified] => 2020-03-04 13:51:55 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9217 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-groups-capabilities/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-groups-capabilities/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-groups-capabilities/ [syndication_item_hash] => 415e58e99c96f4552a6575d7beca232d [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Welcome to Whitlam Group Robert Seals

Array ( [post_title] => Welcome to Whitlam Group Robert Seals [post_content] =>

Whitlam Group would like to introduce our newest Account Executive, Robert Seals.

Robert graduated from Michigan State University with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Building Construction Management and a Masters of Arts degree in Organizational Management from The University of Phoenix.

Before Robert joined Whitlam Group, he was a National Account Manager in Consumer Products where he specialized in providing packaging recommendations for the grocery, convenience store and wholesale industry.  Robert was responsible for securing new accounts and growing existing business, along with making packaging recommendation on national branded and store branded offerings.

Robert strengths include new business development, project management, and developing and maintaining solid customer relationships. In his spare time, Robert enjoys reading, running, and working on old vehicles. Robert also enjoys traveling and spending time with his wife, daughters, extended family and close friends.

We are excited to have Robert on the team and look forward to utilizing his experience and skill set to bring value to our current and future customers!

The post Welcome to Whitlam Group Robert Seals appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Whitlam Group would like to introduce our newest Account Executive, Robert Seals. Robert graduated from Michigan State University with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Building Construction Management and a Masters of Arts degree in Organizational Management from The University …

The post Welcome to Whitlam Group Robert Seals appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-02-27 14:13:49 [post_date] => 2020-02-27 14:13:49 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-02-27 14:13:49 [post_modified] => 2020-02-27 14:13:49 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9209 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/welcome-to-whitlam-group-robert-seals/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/welcome-to-whitlam-group-robert-seals/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/welcome-to-whitlam-group-robert-seals/ [syndication_item_hash] => e7e20cf261ebd8f978621dd44193da34 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Robert-Seals.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Robert-Seals.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Whitlam Group would like to introduce our newest Account Executive, Robert Seals.

Robert graduated from Michigan State University with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Building Construction Management and a Masters of Arts degree in Organizational Management from The University of Phoenix.

Before Robert joined Whitlam Group, he was a National Account Manager in Consumer Products where he specialized in providing packaging recommendations for the grocery, convenience store and wholesale industry.  Robert was responsible for securing new accounts and growing existing business, along with making packaging recommendation on national branded and store branded offerings.

Robert strengths include new business development, project management, and developing and maintaining solid customer relationships. In his spare time, Robert enjoys reading, running, and working on old vehicles. Robert also enjoys traveling and spending time with his wife, daughters, extended family and close friends.

We are excited to have Robert on the team and look forward to utilizing his experience and skill set to bring value to our current and future customers!

The post Welcome to Whitlam Group Robert Seals appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/welcome-to-whitlam-group-robert-seals/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/welcome-to-whitlam-group-robert-seals/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/welcome-to-whitlam-group-robert-seals/ [syndication_item_hash] => e7e20cf261ebd8f978621dd44193da34 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Welcome to Whitlam Group Robert Seals

Array ( [post_title] => Welcome to Whitlam Group Robert Seals [post_content] =>

Welcome to Whitlam Group Robert Seals

Whitlam Group would like to introduce our newest Account Executive, Robert Seals.

Robert graduated from Michigan State University with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Building Construction Management and a Masters of Arts degree in Organizational Management from The University of Phoenix.

Before Robert joined Whitlam Group, he was a National Account Manager in Consumer Products where he specialized in providing packaging recommendations for the grocery, convenience store and wholesale industry.  Robert was responsible for securing new accounts and growing existing business, along with making packaging recommendation on national branded and store branded offerings.

Robert strengths include new business development, project management, and developing and maintaining solid customer relationships. In his spare time, Robert enjoys reading, running, and working on old vehicles. Robert also enjoys traveling and spending time with his wife, daughters, extended family and close friends.

We are excited to have Robert on the team and look forward to utilizing his experience and skill set to bring value to our current and future customers!

The post Welcome to Whitlam Group Robert Seals appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Whitlam Group would like to introduce our newest Account Executive, Robert Seals. Robert graduated from Michigan State University with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Building Construction Management and a Masters of Arts degree in Organizational Management from The University …

The post Welcome to Whitlam Group Robert Seals appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-02-27 14:13:49 [post_date] => 2020-02-27 14:13:49 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-02-27 14:13:49 [post_modified] => 2020-02-27 14:13:49 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9209 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/welcome-to-whitlam-group-robert-seals/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/welcome-to-whitlam-group-robert-seals/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/welcome-to-whitlam-group-robert-seals/ [syndication_item_hash] => e7e20cf261ebd8f978621dd44193da34 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Environmental Standards

Array ( [post_title] => Environmental Standards [post_content] =>

Green Day isn’t just a band it’s every day here at Whitlam Group. Whitlam’s Environmental Policy Statement is “Protect the Environment”. We understand how important it is to make clean choices that will protect our environment for everyone’s future. Here are some of the ways that Whitlam has gone green to Protect the Environment.

We protect the environment through:

Recycled Materials:

Our environmental programs include:

The post Environmental Standards appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Green Day isn’t just a band it’s every day here at Whitlam Group. Whitlam’s Environmental Policy Statement is “Protect the Environment”. We understand how important it is to make clean choices that will protect our environment for everyone’s future. Here …

The post Environmental Standards appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-02-19 19:19:09 [post_date] => 2020-02-19 19:19:09 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-02-19 19:19:09 [post_modified] => 2020-02-19 19:19:09 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9200 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/environmental-standards/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/environmental-standards/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/environmental-standards/ [syndication_item_hash] => 3264c548e0ebdec855eaeeb948aa2e53 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/earth2.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/earth2.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Green Day isn’t just a band it’s every day here at Whitlam Group. Whitlam’s Environmental Policy Statement is “Protect the Environment”. We understand how important it is to make clean choices that will protect our environment for everyone’s future. Here are some of the ways that Whitlam has gone green to Protect the Environment.

We protect the environment through:

Recycled Materials:

Our environmental programs include:

The post Environmental Standards appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Environmental-Recycling.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Environmental-Recycling.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Environmental Standards

Green Day isn’t just a band it’s every day here at Whitlam Group. Whitlam’s Environmental Policy Statement is “Protect the Environment”. We understand how important it is to make clean choices that will protect our environment for everyone’s future. Here are some of the ways that Whitlam has gone green to Protect the Environment.

We protect the environment through:

Recycled Materials:

Our environmental programs include:

The post Environmental Standards appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/environmental-standards/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/environmental-standards/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/environmental-standards/ [syndication_item_hash] => 3264c548e0ebdec855eaeeb948aa2e53 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Environmental Standards

Array ( [post_title] => Environmental Standards [post_content] =>

Environmental Standards

Green Day isn’t just a band it’s every day here at Whitlam Group. Whitlam’s Environmental Policy Statement is “Protect the Environment”. We understand how important it is to make clean choices that will protect our environment for everyone’s future. Here are some of the ways that Whitlam has gone green to Protect the Environment.

We protect the environment through:

Recycled Materials:

Environmental Standards

Our environmental programs include:

The post Environmental Standards appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Green Day isn’t just a band it’s every day here at Whitlam Group. Whitlam’s Environmental Policy Statement is “Protect the Environment”. We understand how important it is to make clean choices that will protect our environment for everyone’s future. Here …

The post Environmental Standards appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-02-19 19:19:09 [post_date] => 2020-02-19 19:19:09 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-02-19 19:19:09 [post_modified] => 2020-02-19 19:19:09 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9200 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/environmental-standards/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/environmental-standards/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/environmental-standards/ [syndication_item_hash] => 3264c548e0ebdec855eaeeb948aa2e53 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Electronic Applications

Array ( [post_title] => Electronic Applications [post_content] =>

At Whitlam Group our goal is to make the tough stuff easy. With our R&D team, and highly skilled engineers we can find the right product/application to meet your product requirements.

Whitlam is IATF 16949 ISO14001 Registered, CSA Certified and an UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Authorized Label Supplier.

Electronic technology is improving and becoming more sophisticated every day. In the Automotive Industry automobiles are adapting to include more complex designs and new interactions that electronic technology has brought to the market. It is more common now then ever that the driver information systems in vehicles are digitalize. This includes instrument cluster and driver heads up displays. Smart sensing functions, like collision sensors, parking sensors, and even window dimming sensors have even been more common in vehicle designs. Soon with the growth of the Electric Vehicles, and the development of Autonomous Vehicles there will be even more electronic technology involved in the Automotive Industry.

With technology getting more sophisticated and industries trying to adapt to new electronic technology it is important to have a supplier who understand where the market is going. Whitlam Group has over 50 years of experience in the automotive industry and has watched automobiles adapt throughout the years with new technology and more advanced designs. We see where the market is heading and understand the importance of OEM requirements. Let us help you find the right application to fit your needs.

Not only does Whitlam serve the automotive and electronic markets, we also serve other markets such as medical, industrial, and durable. Whitlam is focused on innovation and we can help you develop your product to make it have a more modern or sleek feel by replacing fasteners with bonding tapes.

Whitlam group can offer a variety of different bonding tapes that are durable, high-performance and have a strong adhesion with resistance to high-temperatures, chemicals, and liquids. This is in addition to being a 3M certified convertor.

Some examples of products that are within our capabilities include:

A variety material with different density, thickness and composition can be used to create these custom die-cut parts to meet your requirements of your products application.

Make Whitlam your source for all your bonding needs! Contact us today for more information.

The post Electronic Applications appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

At Whitlam Group our goal is to make the tough stuff easy. With our R&D team, and highly skilled engineers we can find the right product/application to meet your product requirements. Whitlam is IATF 16949 ISO14001 Registered, CSA Certified and …

The post Electronic Applications appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-02-12 15:00:12 [post_date] => 2020-02-12 15:00:12 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-02-12 15:00:12 [post_modified] => 2020-02-12 15:00:12 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9175 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/electronic-applications/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/electronic-applications/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/electronic-applications/ [syndication_item_hash] => c421e03a53b7ae80a59605032a656170 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Getty-ID-829191978.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Getty-ID-829191978.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

At Whitlam Group our goal is to make the tough stuff easy. With our R&D team, and highly skilled engineers we can find the right product/application to meet your product requirements.

Whitlam is IATF 16949 ISO14001 Registered, CSA Certified and an UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Authorized Label Supplier.

Electronic technology is improving and becoming more sophisticated every day. In the Automotive Industry automobiles are adapting to include more complex designs and new interactions that electronic technology has brought to the market. It is more common now then ever that the driver information systems in vehicles are digitalize. This includes instrument cluster and driver heads up displays. Smart sensing functions, like collision sensors, parking sensors, and even window dimming sensors have even been more common in vehicle designs. Soon with the growth of the Electric Vehicles, and the development of Autonomous Vehicles there will be even more electronic technology involved in the Automotive Industry.

With technology getting more sophisticated and industries trying to adapt to new electronic technology it is important to have a supplier who understand where the market is going. Whitlam Group has over 50 years of experience in the automotive industry and has watched automobiles adapt throughout the years with new technology and more advanced designs. We see where the market is heading and understand the importance of OEM requirements. Let us help you find the right application to fit your needs.

Not only does Whitlam serve the automotive and electronic markets, we also serve other markets such as medical, industrial, and durable. Whitlam is focused on innovation and we can help you develop your product to make it have a more modern or sleek feel by replacing fasteners with bonding tapes.

Whitlam group can offer a variety of different bonding tapes that are durable, high-performance and have a strong adhesion with resistance to high-temperatures, chemicals, and liquids. This is in addition to being a 3M certified convertor.

Some examples of products that are within our capabilities include:

A variety material with different density, thickness and composition can be used to create these custom die-cut parts to meet your requirements of your products application.

Make Whitlam your source for all your bonding needs! Contact us today for more information.

The post Electronic Applications appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/VHB-application-070.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/VHB-application-070.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Electronic Applications

At Whitlam Group our goal is to make the tough stuff easy. With our R&D team, and highly skilled engineers we can find the right product/application to meet your product requirements.

Whitlam is IATF 16949 ISO14001 Registered, CSA Certified and an UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Authorized Label Supplier.

Electronic technology is improving and becoming more sophisticated every day. In the Automotive Industry automobiles are adapting to include more complex designs and new interactions that electronic technology has brought to the market. It is more common now then ever that the driver information systems in vehicles are digitalize. This includes instrument cluster and driver heads up displays. Smart sensing functions, like collision sensors, parking sensors, and even window dimming sensors have even been more common in vehicle designs. Soon with the growth of the Electric Vehicles, and the development of Autonomous Vehicles there will be even more electronic technology involved in the Automotive Industry.

With technology getting more sophisticated and industries trying to adapt to new electronic technology it is important to have a supplier who understand where the market is going. Whitlam Group has over 50 years of experience in the automotive industry and has watched automobiles adapt throughout the years with new technology and more advanced designs. We see where the market is heading and understand the importance of OEM requirements. Let us help you find the right application to fit your needs.

Not only does Whitlam serve the automotive and electronic markets, we also serve other markets such as medical, industrial, and durable. Whitlam is focused on innovation and we can help you develop your product to make it have a more modern or sleek feel by replacing fasteners with bonding tapes.

Whitlam group can offer a variety of different bonding tapes that are durable, high-performance and have a strong adhesion with resistance to high-temperatures, chemicals, and liquids. This is in addition to being a 3M certified convertor.

Some examples of products that are within our capabilities include:

A variety material with different density, thickness and composition can be used to create these custom die-cut parts to meet your requirements of your products application.

Make Whitlam your source for all your bonding needs! Contact us today for more information.

The post Electronic Applications appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/electronic-applications/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/electronic-applications/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/electronic-applications/ [syndication_item_hash] => c421e03a53b7ae80a59605032a656170 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Electronic Applications

Array ( [post_title] => Electronic Applications [post_content] =>

Electronic Applications

At Whitlam Group our goal is to make the tough stuff easy. With our R&D team, and highly skilled engineers we can find the right product/application to meet your product requirements.

Whitlam is IATF 16949 ISO14001 Registered, CSA Certified and an UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Authorized Label Supplier.

Electronic technology is improving and becoming more sophisticated every day. In the Automotive Industry automobiles are adapting to include more complex designs and new interactions that electronic technology has brought to the market. It is more common now then ever that the driver information systems in vehicles are digitalize. This includes instrument cluster and driver heads up displays. Smart sensing functions, like collision sensors, parking sensors, and even window dimming sensors have even been more common in vehicle designs. Soon with the growth of the Electric Vehicles, and the development of Autonomous Vehicles there will be even more electronic technology involved in the Automotive Industry.

With technology getting more sophisticated and industries trying to adapt to new electronic technology it is important to have a supplier who understand where the market is going. Whitlam Group has over 50 years of experience in the automotive industry and has watched automobiles adapt throughout the years with new technology and more advanced designs. We see where the market is heading and understand the importance of OEM requirements. Let us help you find the right application to fit your needs.Electronic Applications

Not only does Whitlam serve the automotive and electronic markets, we also serve other markets such as medical, industrial, and durable. Whitlam is focused on innovation and we can help you develop your product to make it have a more modern or sleek feel by replacing fasteners with bonding tapes.

Whitlam group can offer a variety of different bonding tapes that are durable, high-performance and have a strong adhesion with resistance to high-temperatures, chemicals, and liquids. This is in addition to being a 3M certified convertor.

Some examples of products that are within our capabilities include:

A variety material with different density, thickness and composition can be used to create these custom die-cut parts to meet your requirements of your products application.

Make Whitlam your source for all your bonding needs! Contact us today for more information.

The post Electronic Applications appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

At Whitlam Group our goal is to make the tough stuff easy. With our R&D team, and highly skilled engineers we can find the right product/application to meet your product requirements. Whitlam is IATF 16949 ISO14001 Registered, CSA Certified and …

The post Electronic Applications appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-02-12 15:00:12 [post_date] => 2020-02-12 15:00:12 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-02-12 15:00:12 [post_modified] => 2020-02-12 15:00:12 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9175 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/electronic-applications/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/electronic-applications/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/electronic-applications/ [syndication_item_hash] => c421e03a53b7ae80a59605032a656170 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Weatherability

Array ( [post_title] => Weatherability [post_content] =>

Weatherability is the ability of a label to withstand the effects of outdoor weathering, sunlight, heat, cold, humidity, rain, snow, and time.

Some of the components, along with the weather, that effect the life of a label include the type of ink used, the base material and the top coating of the label, and what substate the material will adhere to.

Why Weatherability Matters

The weather can cause a label to peel off easy or by itself, lose color, become illegible, scratch, or fade completely. The problem is that these labels may have important information on them that is essential or important so therefore these labels need to last as long as the products they are on.

It is important for labels to remain legible for product information such as lot numbers, barcodes, instructions, safety warnings, and warranties.

Solutions

There is no one-fits all answer when it comes to weatherability because each situation and weather type is different for every label.

It is important to understand the different types of weather environments your label will be in and make sure to test your label and review the results before choosing the best solutions.

Different types of common weathering tests that are done are:

The final results will give you an evaluation on adhesion, legibility, color retention abrasion resistance and other properties. 

Why Whitlam

Whitlam has over 50 years of experience in the Automotive Industry we understand regulations and requirements of labels. With our In-House Lab we have the capabilities to test labels against some of these types of weather conditions. We have solutions that will help your label withstand the effects of outdoor weathering, sunlight, heat, cold, humidity, rain, and time.

Whitlam can offer solutions that are tougher, better and longer lasting. For more information contact Whitlam today!

The post Weatherability appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Weatherability is the ability of a label to withstand the effects of outdoor weathering, sunlight, heat, cold, humidity, rain, snow, and time. Some of the components, along with the weather, that effect the life of a label include the type …

The post Weatherability appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-01-29 13:45:07 [post_date] => 2020-01-29 13:45:07 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-01-29 13:45:07 [post_modified] => 2020-01-29 13:45:07 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9138 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/weatherability/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/weatherability/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/weatherability/ [syndication_item_hash] => 00c4edc236507eb6b91fcc4ed950db88 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/weatherability-01.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/weatherability-01.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Weatherability is the ability of a label to withstand the effects of outdoor weathering, sunlight, heat, cold, humidity, rain, snow, and time.

Some of the components, along with the weather, that effect the life of a label include the type of ink used, the base material and the top coating of the label, and what substate the material will adhere to.

Why Weatherability Matters

The weather can cause a label to peel off easy or by itself, lose color, become illegible, scratch, or fade completely. The problem is that these labels may have important information on them that is essential or important so therefore these labels need to last as long as the products they are on.

It is important for labels to remain legible for product information such as lot numbers, barcodes, instructions, safety warnings, and warranties.

Solutions

There is no one-fits all answer when it comes to weatherability because each situation and weather type is different for every label.

It is important to understand the different types of weather environments your label will be in and make sure to test your label and review the results before choosing the best solutions.

Different types of common weathering tests that are done are:

The final results will give you an evaluation on adhesion, legibility, color retention abrasion resistance and other properties. 

Why Whitlam

Whitlam has over 50 years of experience in the Automotive Industry we understand regulations and requirements of labels. With our In-House Lab we have the capabilities to test labels against some of these types of weather conditions. We have solutions that will help your label withstand the effects of outdoor weathering, sunlight, heat, cold, humidity, rain, and time.

Whitlam can offer solutions that are tougher, better and longer lasting. For more information contact Whitlam today!

The post Weatherability appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/weatherability/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/weatherability/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/weatherability/ [syndication_item_hash] => 00c4edc236507eb6b91fcc4ed950db88 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Weatherability

Array ( [post_title] => Weatherability [post_content] =>

Weatherability

Weatherability is the ability of a label to withstand the effects of outdoor weathering, sunlight, heat, cold, humidity, rain, snow, and time.

Some of the components, along with the weather, that effect the life of a label include the type of ink used, the base material and the top coating of the label, and what substate the material will adhere to.

Why Weatherability Matters

The weather can cause a label to peel off easy or by itself, lose color, become illegible, scratch, or fade completely. The problem is that these labels may have important information on them that is essential or important so therefore these labels need to last as long as the products they are on.

It is important for labels to remain legible for product information such as lot numbers, barcodes, instructions, safety warnings, and warranties.

Solutions

There is no one-fits all answer when it comes to weatherability because each situation and weather type is different for every label.

It is important to understand the different types of weather environments your label will be in and make sure to test your label and review the results before choosing the best solutions.

Different types of common weathering tests that are done are:

The final results will give you an evaluation on adhesion, legibility, color retention abrasion resistance and other properties. 

Why Whitlam

Whitlam has over 50 years of experience in the Automotive Industry we understand regulations and requirements of labels. With our In-House Lab we have the capabilities to test labels against some of these types of weather conditions. We have solutions that will help your label withstand the effects of outdoor weathering, sunlight, heat, cold, humidity, rain, and time.

Whitlam can offer solutions that are tougher, better and longer lasting. For more information contact Whitlam today!

The post Weatherability appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Weatherability is the ability of a label to withstand the effects of outdoor weathering, sunlight, heat, cold, humidity, rain, snow, and time. Some of the components, along with the weather, that effect the life of a label include the type …

The post Weatherability appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-01-29 13:45:07 [post_date] => 2020-01-29 13:45:07 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-01-29 13:45:07 [post_modified] => 2020-01-29 13:45:07 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9138 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/weatherability/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/weatherability/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/weatherability/ [syndication_item_hash] => 00c4edc236507eb6b91fcc4ed950db88 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Interior Automotive Solutions

Array ( [post_title] => Interior Automotive Solutions [post_content] =>

Automotive Interior

Whitlam Group has been an industry leader in the automotive market for over 50 years. We understand how closely Automotive labels are evaluated to ensure compliance with OEM mandated regulations and performance requirements. Our Automotive labels are the best in the industry and can be customized to fit your company’s needs. We know where the industry has been and where it is going.

Whitlam Group can offer solutions for attaching interior automotive parts such as:

Materials used for binding these attachments include characteristics such as:

In our experience working with Automotive OEM’s, Tier and after market suppliers we know how important quality is.

Whitlam’s quality objectives:

Our Continual improvement philosophy is committed to improving the quality of our products, services, cost and productivity. The process of continual improvement is achieved by maintaining an atmosphere for knowledge, innovation, training and team effort throughout our organization.

Whitlam is compliant with OEM mandated regulations and performance requirements. We are IATF 16949:2016 and ISO 14001:2015 certified.

If you would like more information about Whitlam’s Interior Automotive Label Solutions contact us today!

 

The post Interior Automotive Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Whitlam Group has been an industry leader in the automotive market for over 50 years. We understand how closely Automotive labels are evaluated to ensure compliance with OEM mandated regulations and performance requirements. Our Automotive labels are the best in …

The post Interior Automotive Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-01-22 18:16:26 [post_date] => 2020-01-22 18:16:26 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-01-22 18:16:26 [post_modified] => 2020-01-22 18:16:26 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9127 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/interior-automotive-solutions/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/interior-automotive-solutions/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/interior-automotive-solutions/ [syndication_item_hash] => d8bb3f430f9d51e28cce4d9bb03e58bb ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 4054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Interior.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Interior.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : Automotive Interior - Automotive Interior ON

Automotive Interior

Whitlam Group has been an industry leader in the automotive market for over 50 years. We understand how closely Automotive labels are evaluated to ensure compliance with OEM mandated regulations and performance requirements. Our Automotive labels are the best in the industry and can be customized to fit your company’s needs. We know where the industry has been and where it is going.

Whitlam Group can offer solutions for attaching interior automotive parts such as:

Materials used for binding these attachments include characteristics such as:

In our experience working with Automotive OEM’s, Tier and after market suppliers we know how important quality is.

Whitlam’s quality objectives:

Our Continual improvement philosophy is committed to improving the quality of our products, services, cost and productivity. The process of continual improvement is achieved by maintaining an atmosphere for knowledge, innovation, training and team effort throughout our organization.

Whitlam is compliant with OEM mandated regulations and performance requirements. We are IATF 16949:2016 and ISO 14001:2015 certified.

If you would like more information about Whitlam’s Interior Automotive Label Solutions contact us today!

 

The post Interior Automotive Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/interior-automotive-solutions/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/interior-automotive-solutions/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/interior-automotive-solutions/ [syndication_item_hash] => d8bb3f430f9d51e28cce4d9bb03e58bb )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Interior Automotive Solutions

Array ( [post_title] => Interior Automotive Solutions [post_content] =>

Interior Automotive Solutions

Whitlam Group has been an industry leader in the automotive market for over 50 years. We understand how closely Automotive labels are evaluated to ensure compliance with OEM mandated regulations and performance requirements. Our Automotive labels are the best in the industry and can be customized to fit your company’s needs. We know where the industry has been and where it is going.

Whitlam Group can offer solutions for attaching interior automotive parts such as:

Materials used for binding these attachments include characteristics such as:

In our experience working with Automotive OEM’s, Tier and after market suppliers we know how important quality is.

Whitlam’s quality objectives:

Our Continual improvement philosophy is committed to improving the quality of our products, services, cost and productivity. The process of continual improvement is achieved by maintaining an atmosphere for knowledge, innovation, training and team effort throughout our organization.

Whitlam is compliant with OEM mandated regulations and performance requirements. We are IATF 16949:2016 and ISO 14001:2015 certified.

If you would like more information about Whitlam’s Interior Automotive Label Solutions contact us today!

 

The post Interior Automotive Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Whitlam Group has been an industry leader in the automotive market for over 50 years. We understand how closely Automotive labels are evaluated to ensure compliance with OEM mandated regulations and performance requirements. Our Automotive labels are the best in …

The post Interior Automotive Solutions appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-01-22 18:16:26 [post_date] => 2020-01-22 18:16:26 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-01-22 18:16:26 [post_modified] => 2020-01-22 18:16:26 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9127 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/interior-automotive-solutions/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/interior-automotive-solutions/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/interior-automotive-solutions/ [syndication_item_hash] => d8bb3f430f9d51e28cce4d9bb03e58bb [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( [0] => 252 ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 4054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Whitlam Core Values 

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Core Values  [post_content] =>

Whitlam was founded in 1957. Since that time Whitlam has gone by a fundamental principle that we call our Core Values. Our Core Values define who we are and what we stand for.

One of Whitlam’s core values is to be kind and respectful. To us this means celebrating our similarities AND our differences. We show kindness by exhibit friendliness to everyone who walks through our door or who we meet. We have respect for each other, suppliers, customers and business partners. When someone has a difference of opinion, we listen to them and are open to what they have to say. Whitlam exhibits patience and a kind attitude. We show empathy by putting ourselves in other peoples shows.

Secondly, Whitlam exhibits honesty and integrity by taking pride in our work. Here at Whitlam we aren’t afraid of failure because we learn from our mistakes. At Whitlam we do what we say we will do, and we follow through. If someone asks us a question that we don’t know we aren’t afraid to do research or ask someone else for help until we know the answer.

Thirdly we try our best to go above and beyond. This includes:

Teamwork is our fourth core value. We encourage teamwork and demonstrate a willingness to help others. We lift each other up and work together to find the best solutions.  We make sure to communicate often and clearly. We are helpful to everyone, especially for those that are new. Often, we celebrate one another and our achievements.

As many of us like to say:

“It takes a Village”

All these core values show through in our last core value which is customer focus. Customer focus is one of our most important values because our customers are very important to us and we put our customers first. Whitlam display’s a true commitment to excellence. We create strong partnership with our customers and strive to be a good active listener that are open to new ideas and changes. With our open-mindedness we make sure we understand the needs of others. Our customers can see our core values shine through because not only do we treat each other with kindness, respect, honesty and integrity but we make sure we follow through and treat our customers the same. Whitlam is a family and our customers are part of our family.

With Whitlam’s core values we make sure that we add value wherever we go, and with whomever we meet. Using our technical knowledge and experience we make the tough stuff easy. If you would like more information about Whitlam please contact us today!

The post Whitlam Core Values  appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Whitlam was founded in 1957. Since that time Whitlam has gone by a fundamental principle that we call our Core Values. Our Core Values define who we are and what we stand for. One of Whitlam’s core values is to …

The post Whitlam Core Values  appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-01-15 13:43:51 [post_date] => 2020-01-15 13:43:51 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-01-15 13:43:51 [post_modified] => 2020-01-15 13:43:51 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9116 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-core-values/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-core-values/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-core-values/ [syndication_item_hash] => 4a2d56b870260382c74eeea4f5696f7f ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3335 [1] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/CoreValueMain1.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/CoreValueMain1.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Whitlam was founded in 1957. Since that time Whitlam has gone by a fundamental principle that we call our Core Values. Our Core Values define who we are and what we stand for.

One of Whitlam’s core values is to be kind and respectful. To us this means celebrating our similarities AND our differences. We show kindness by exhibit friendliness to everyone who walks through our door or who we meet. We have respect for each other, suppliers, customers and business partners. When someone has a difference of opinion, we listen to them and are open to what they have to say. Whitlam exhibits patience and a kind attitude. We show empathy by putting ourselves in other peoples shows.

Secondly, Whitlam exhibits honesty and integrity by taking pride in our work. Here at Whitlam we aren’t afraid of failure because we learn from our mistakes. At Whitlam we do what we say we will do, and we follow through. If someone asks us a question that we don’t know we aren’t afraid to do research or ask someone else for help until we know the answer.

Thirdly we try our best to go above and beyond. This includes:

Teamwork is our fourth core value. We encourage teamwork and demonstrate a willingness to help others. We lift each other up and work together to find the best solutions.  We make sure to communicate often and clearly. We are helpful to everyone, especially for those that are new. Often, we celebrate one another and our achievements.

As many of us like to say:

“It takes a Village”

All these core values show through in our last core value which is customer focus. Customer focus is one of our most important values because our customers are very important to us and we put our customers first. Whitlam display’s a true commitment to excellence. We create strong partnership with our customers and strive to be a good active listener that are open to new ideas and changes. With our open-mindedness we make sure we understand the needs of others. Our customers can see our core values shine through because not only do we treat each other with kindness, respect, honesty and integrity but we make sure we follow through and treat our customers the same. Whitlam is a family and our customers are part of our family.

With Whitlam’s core values we make sure that we add value wherever we go, and with whomever we meet. Using our technical knowledge and experience we make the tough stuff easy. If you would like more information about Whitlam please contact us today!

The post Whitlam Core Values  appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-core-values/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-core-values/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-core-values/ [syndication_item_hash] => 4a2d56b870260382c74eeea4f5696f7f )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Whitlam Core Values 

Array ( [post_title] => Whitlam Core Values  [post_content] =>

Whitlam Core Values 

Whitlam was founded in 1957. Since that time Whitlam has gone by a fundamental principle that we call our Core Values. Our Core Values define who we are and what we stand for.

One of Whitlam’s core values is to be kind and respectful. To us this means celebrating our similarities AND our differences. We show kindness by exhibit friendliness to everyone who walks through our door or who we meet. We have respect for each other, suppliers, customers and business partners. When someone has a difference of opinion, we listen to them and are open to what they have to say. Whitlam exhibits patience and a kind attitude. We show empathy by putting ourselves in other peoples shows.

Secondly, Whitlam exhibits honesty and integrity by taking pride in our work. Here at Whitlam we aren’t afraid of failure because we learn from our mistakes. At Whitlam we do what we say we will do, and we follow through. If someone asks us a question that we don’t know we aren’t afraid to do research or ask someone else for help until we know the answer.

Thirdly we try our best to go above and beyond. This includes:

Teamwork is our fourth core value. We encourage teamwork and demonstrate a willingness to help others. We lift each other up and work together to find the best solutions.  We make sure to communicate often and clearly. We are helpful to everyone, especially for those that are new. Often, we celebrate one another and our achievements.

As many of us like to say:

“It takes a Village”

All these core values show through in our last core value which is customer focus. Customer focus is one of our most important values because our customers are very important to us and we put our customers first. Whitlam display’s a true commitment to excellence. We create strong partnership with our customers and strive to be a good active listener that are open to new ideas and changes. With our open-mindedness we make sure we understand the needs of others. Our customers can see our core values shine through because not only do we treat each other with kindness, respect, honesty and integrity but we make sure we follow through and treat our customers the same. Whitlam is a family and our customers are part of our family.

With Whitlam’s core values we make sure that we add value wherever we go, and with whomever we meet. Using our technical knowledge and experience we make the tough stuff easy. If you would like more information about Whitlam please contact us today!

The post Whitlam Core Values  appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

Whitlam was founded in 1957. Since that time Whitlam has gone by a fundamental principle that we call our Core Values. Our Core Values define who we are and what we stand for. One of Whitlam’s core values is to …

The post Whitlam Core Values  appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-01-15 13:43:51 [post_date] => 2020-01-15 13:43:51 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-01-15 13:43:51 [post_modified] => 2020-01-15 13:43:51 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9116 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-core-values/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-core-values/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/whitlam-core-values/ [syndication_item_hash] => 4a2d56b870260382c74eeea4f5696f7f [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 3335 [1] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Solutions for Galvanic Corrosion

Array ( [post_title] => Solutions for Galvanic Corrosion [post_content] =>

When two dissimilar metals are brought into electrical contact, Galvanic Corrosion occurs. The electrical contact of these two metals changes their individual corrosion rates. One of the dissimilar metals corrodes faster than it normally would by itself, while the other dissimilar metal corrodes slower than it would by itself. 

There are different weathering environments that can cause galvanic corrosion such as water, heat, humidity and more.

Other factures besides weathering environments can also play into the effects that cause galvanic corrosion such as the way they are assembled, what metals are involved, and more.

A great example of Galvanic Corrosion is the Statue of Liberty. In the 1980s during a regular maintenance check revealed that corrosion had accrued between the copper outer skin and the wrought iron support structure.

Galvanic Corrosion can also occur with dissimilar metals on a vehicle. When you have a spare tire that is located under a vehicle, the spare tire is mounted in a heat resistant shield. That shield is then mounted to the frame under a vehicle. The heat resistant shield and frame of the vehicle are two different metals. The mount where these two are mounted together can develop galvanic corrosion. There are solutions to prevent galvanic corrosion from occurring.

Whitlam engineering team has developed various solutions to help eliminate galvanic corrosion. With our In-House lab and R&D team we can test products and come up with the best solution for your products need. At Whitlam our goal is to make the tough stuff easy.

Let us help you, contact us today for more information.

The post Solutions for Galvanic Corrosion appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

When two dissimilar metals are brought into electrical contact, Galvanic Corrosion occurs. The electrical contact of these two metals changes their individual corrosion rates. One of the dissimilar metals corrodes faster than it normally would by itself, while the other …

The post Solutions for Galvanic Corrosion appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-01-08 13:04:42 [post_date] => 2020-01-08 13:04:42 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-01-08 13:04:42 [post_modified] => 2020-01-08 13:04:42 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9106 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/solutions-for-galvanic-corrosion/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/solutions-for-galvanic-corrosion/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/solutions-for-galvanic-corrosion/ [syndication_item_hash] => 08bf30489c50f68ae6a9b6a28fffaf3d ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Galvanic-Corrosion-1024x373.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.whitlam.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Galvanic-Corrosion-1024x373.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

When two dissimilar metals are brought into electrical contact, Galvanic Corrosion occurs. The electrical contact of these two metals changes their individual corrosion rates. One of the dissimilar metals corrodes faster than it normally would by itself, while the other dissimilar metal corrodes slower than it would by itself. 

There are different weathering environments that can cause galvanic corrosion such as water, heat, humidity and more.

Other factures besides weathering environments can also play into the effects that cause galvanic corrosion such as the way they are assembled, what metals are involved, and more.

A great example of Galvanic Corrosion is the Statue of Liberty. In the 1980s during a regular maintenance check revealed that corrosion had accrued between the copper outer skin and the wrought iron support structure.

Galvanic Corrosion can also occur with dissimilar metals on a vehicle. When you have a spare tire that is located under a vehicle, the spare tire is mounted in a heat resistant shield. That shield is then mounted to the frame under a vehicle. The heat resistant shield and frame of the vehicle are two different metals. The mount where these two are mounted together can develop galvanic corrosion. There are solutions to prevent galvanic corrosion from occurring.

Whitlam engineering team has developed various solutions to help eliminate galvanic corrosion. With our In-House lab and R&D team we can test products and come up with the best solution for your products need. At Whitlam our goal is to make the tough stuff easy.

Let us help you, contact us today for more information.

The post Solutions for Galvanic Corrosion appeared first on Whitlam Group.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/solutions-for-galvanic-corrosion/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/solutions-for-galvanic-corrosion/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/solutions-for-galvanic-corrosion/ [syndication_item_hash] => 08bf30489c50f68ae6a9b6a28fffaf3d )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Solutions for Galvanic Corrosion

Array ( [post_title] => Solutions for Galvanic Corrosion [post_content] =>

Solutions for Galvanic CorrosionWhen two dissimilar metals are brought into electrical contact, Galvanic Corrosion occurs. The electrical contact of these two metals changes their individual corrosion rates. One of the dissimilar metals corrodes faster than it normally would by itself, while the other dissimilar metal corrodes slower than it would by itself. 

There are different weathering environments that can cause galvanic corrosion such as water, heat, humidity and more.

Other factures besides weathering environments can also play into the effects that cause galvanic corrosion such as the way they are assembled, what metals are involved, and more.

A great example of Galvanic Corrosion is the Statue of Liberty. In the 1980s during a regular maintenance check revealed that corrosion had accrued between the copper outer skin and the wrought iron support structure.

Galvanic Corrosion can also occur with dissimilar metals on a vehicle. When you have a spare tire that is located under a vehicle, the spare tire is mounted in a heat resistant shield. That shield is then mounted to the frame under a vehicle. The heat resistant shield and frame of the vehicle are two different metals. The mount where these two are mounted together can develop galvanic corrosion. There are solutions to prevent galvanic corrosion from occurring.

Whitlam engineering team has developed various solutions to help eliminate galvanic corrosion. With our In-House lab and R&D team we can test products and come up with the best solution for your products need. At Whitlam our goal is to make the tough stuff easy.

Let us help you, contact us today for more information.

The post Solutions for Galvanic Corrosion appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_excerpt] =>

When two dissimilar metals are brought into electrical contact, Galvanic Corrosion occurs. The electrical contact of these two metals changes their individual corrosion rates. One of the dissimilar metals corrodes faster than it normally would by itself, while the other …

The post Solutions for Galvanic Corrosion appeared first on Whitlam Group.

[post_date_gmt] => 2020-01-08 13:04:42 [post_date] => 2020-01-08 13:04:42 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-01-08 13:04:42 [post_modified] => 2020-01-08 13:04:42 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => https://www.whitlam.com/?p=9106 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Blog – Whitlam Group [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.whitlam.com [syndication_source_id] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [rss:comments] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/solutions-for-galvanic-corrosion/#respond [wfw:commentRSS] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/solutions-for-galvanic-corrosion/feed/ [syndication_feed] => http://www.whitlam.com/blog/feed/ [syndication_feed_id] => 46 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.whitlam.com/2020/solutions-for-galvanic-corrosion/ [syndication_item_hash] => 08bf30489c50f68ae6a9b6a28fffaf3d [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 10054 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedlink.class.php on line 302

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Array ( [post_title] => The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling [post_content] =>

Print and Apply – Finally as Simple as it Sounds. 

Many of our customers are faced with the same demands when it comes to labeling their secondary packaging:

Traditionally, labels would be applied to the side of a shipping case or tray, using a pneumatic or servo driven tamp arrangement. This method has provided excellent service over the years and it is still the most common process in use today.

Using a tamp applicator, while being simple and reliable, does have some drawbacks, though.

The label can only be printed while the tamp pad is in its home position. This means that there are parts of the application cycle where the printer is forced to be idle – reducing the maximum output of the labeler.

These systems usually need plant compressed air to operate them. With many of our customers looking to reduce their overall plant air usage, this is not ideal.

There can also be safety considerations with reciprocating parts operating at high speeds – it is difficult to ensure there are no pinch points.

PowerMerge™

To address some of these issues, ID Technology introduced PowerMerge.

Rather than using a tamp system to deliver the label to the product, as the label leaves the print engine, it travels on a driven belt where it is controlled by a flow of air (from a fan, not plant air) to the product.

PowerMerge provides some great advantages:

Once a label is printed and on the belt, the next label can start its own print process. This virtually eliminates and seat time in the print-apply, increasing output considerably.

Gaining time in the sequence also means that the printer can run at lower print speeds, even while maintaining high outputs. This provides better print quality and longer life of printer components.

However, while PowerMerge is often a big step forward compared to tamp applicators, it does have a couple of drawbacks.

Introducing CrossMerge™

CrossMerge brings our PowerMerge concept to another level.

Labels feed from the printer ib the most efficient orientation and then change direction to allow them to be wiped onto the product.

For our customers, there are some huge advantages of CrossMerge.

One of the (many) cool things about CrossMerge is that it can be installed on most existing ID Technology 252 or 255 labeling systems – make the most of your current investment.

Want to learn more? Contact me at david.holliday@ProMachBuilt.com or visit www.idtechnology.com

[post_excerpt] => Print and Apply – Finally as Simple as it Sounds.  Many of our customers are faced with the same demands when it comes to labeling their secondary packaging: more output from packaging lines. higher efficiency and less downtime. best possible barcode quality for GS1 compliance. minimize the total cost of ownership. Traditionally, labels would be […] [post_date_gmt] => 2020-05-18 18:43:21 [post_date] => 2020-05-18 18:43:21 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-05-18 18:43:21 [post_modified] => 2020-05-18 18:43:21 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5999 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2020/05/the-evolution-of-print-apply-labeling/ [syndication_item_hash] => 0b613e7d5712725abae2867e1f411a8a ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/yeahlikethat.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/yeahlikethat.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Print and Apply – Finally as Simple as it Sounds. 

Many of our customers are faced with the same demands when it comes to labeling their secondary packaging:

Traditionally, labels would be applied to the side of a shipping case or tray, using a pneumatic or servo driven tamp arrangement. This method has provided excellent service over the years and it is still the most common process in use today.

Using a tamp applicator, while being simple and reliable, does have some drawbacks, though.

The label can only be printed while the tamp pad is in its home position. This means that there are parts of the application cycle where the printer is forced to be idle – reducing the maximum output of the labeler.

These systems usually need plant compressed air to operate them. With many of our customers looking to reduce their overall plant air usage, this is not ideal.

There can also be safety considerations with reciprocating parts operating at high speeds – it is difficult to ensure there are no pinch points.

PowerMerge™

To address some of these issues, ID Technology introduced PowerMerge.

Rather than using a tamp system to deliver the label to the product, as the label leaves the print engine, it travels on a driven belt where it is controlled by a flow of air (from a fan, not plant air) to the product.

PowerMerge provides some great advantages:

Once a label is printed and on the belt, the next label can start its own print process. This virtually eliminates and seat time in the print-apply, increasing output considerably.

Gaining time in the sequence also means that the printer can run at lower print speeds, even while maintaining high outputs. This provides better print quality and longer life of printer components.

However, while PowerMerge is often a big step forward compared to tamp applicators, it does have a couple of drawbacks.

Introducing CrossMerge™

CrossMerge brings our PowerMerge concept to another level.

Labels feed from the printer ib the most efficient orientation and then change direction to allow them to be wiped onto the product.

For our customers, there are some huge advantages of CrossMerge.

One of the (many) cool things about CrossMerge is that it can be installed on most existing ID Technology 252 or 255 labeling systems – make the most of your current investment.

Want to learn more? Contact me at david.holliday@ProMachBuilt.com or visit www.idtechnology.com

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/TampApplicator-1.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/TampApplicator-1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Print and Apply – Finally as Simple as it Sounds. 

Many of our customers are faced with the same demands when it comes to labeling their secondary packaging:

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Traditionally, labels would be applied to the side of a shipping case or tray, using a pneumatic or servo driven tamp arrangement. This method has provided excellent service over the years and it is still the most common process in use today.

Using a tamp applicator, while being simple and reliable, does have some drawbacks, though.

The label can only be printed while the tamp pad is in its home position. This means that there are parts of the application cycle where the printer is forced to be idle – reducing the maximum output of the labeler.

These systems usually need plant compressed air to operate them. With many of our customers looking to reduce their overall plant air usage, this is not ideal.

There can also be safety considerations with reciprocating parts operating at high speeds – it is difficult to ensure there are no pinch points.

PowerMerge™

To address some of these issues, ID Technology introduced PowerMerge.

Rather than using a tamp system to deliver the label to the product, as the label leaves the print engine, it travels on a driven belt where it is controlled by a flow of air (from a fan, not plant air) to the product.

PowerMerge provides some great advantages:

Once a label is printed and on the belt, the next label can start its own print process. This virtually eliminates and seat time in the print-apply, increasing output considerably.

Gaining time in the sequence also means that the printer can run at lower print speeds, even while maintaining high outputs. This provides better print quality and longer life of printer components.

However, while PowerMerge is often a big step forward compared to tamp applicators, it does have a couple of drawbacks.

Introducing CrossMerge™

CrossMerge brings our PowerMerge concept to another level.

Labels feed from the printer ib the most efficient orientation and then change direction to allow them to be wiped onto the product.

For our customers, there are some huge advantages of CrossMerge.

One of the (many) cool things about CrossMerge is that it can be installed on most existing ID Technology 252 or 255 labeling systems – make the most of your current investment.

Want to learn more? Contact me at david.holliday@ProMachBuilt.com or visit www.idtechnology.com

Local save:https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/12.0.0-1/72x72/2122.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/12.0.0-1/72x72/2122.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : ™ - ™ ON

Print and Apply – Finally as Simple as it Sounds. 

Many of our customers are faced with the same demands when it comes to labeling their secondary packaging:

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Traditionally, labels would be applied to the side of a shipping case or tray, using a pneumatic or servo driven tamp arrangement. This method has provided excellent service over the years and it is still the most common process in use today.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Using a tamp applicator, while being simple and reliable, does have some drawbacks, though.

The label can only be printed while the tamp pad is in its home position. This means that there are parts of the application cycle where the printer is forced to be idle – reducing the maximum output of the labeler.

These systems usually need plant compressed air to operate them. With many of our customers looking to reduce their overall plant air usage, this is not ideal.

There can also be safety considerations with reciprocating parts operating at high speeds – it is difficult to ensure there are no pinch points.

PowerMerge™

To address some of these issues, ID Technology introduced PowerMerge.

Rather than using a tamp system to deliver the label to the product, as the label leaves the print engine, it travels on a driven belt where it is controlled by a flow of air (from a fan, not plant air) to the product.

PowerMerge provides some great advantages:

Once a label is printed and on the belt, the next label can start its own print process. This virtually eliminates and seat time in the print-apply, increasing output considerably.

Gaining time in the sequence also means that the printer can run at lower print speeds, even while maintaining high outputs. This provides better print quality and longer life of printer components.

However, while PowerMerge is often a big step forward compared to tamp applicators, it does have a couple of drawbacks.

Introducing CrossMerge™

CrossMerge brings our PowerMerge concept to another level.

Labels feed from the printer ib the most efficient orientation and then change direction to allow them to be wiped onto the product.

For our customers, there are some huge advantages of CrossMerge.

One of the (many) cool things about CrossMerge is that it can be installed on most existing ID Technology 252 or 255 labeling systems – make the most of your current investment.

Want to learn more? Contact me at david.holliday@ProMachBuilt.com or visit www.idtechnology.com

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/PowerMergeLN.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/PowerMergeLN.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Print and Apply – Finally as Simple as it Sounds. 

Many of our customers are faced with the same demands when it comes to labeling their secondary packaging:

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Traditionally, labels would be applied to the side of a shipping case or tray, using a pneumatic or servo driven tamp arrangement. This method has provided excellent service over the years and it is still the most common process in use today.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Using a tamp applicator, while being simple and reliable, does have some drawbacks, though.

The label can only be printed while the tamp pad is in its home position. This means that there are parts of the application cycle where the printer is forced to be idle – reducing the maximum output of the labeler.

These systems usually need plant compressed air to operate them. With many of our customers looking to reduce their overall plant air usage, this is not ideal.

There can also be safety considerations with reciprocating parts operating at high speeds – it is difficult to ensure there are no pinch points.

PowerMergeThe Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

To address some of these issues, ID Technology introduced PowerMerge.

Rather than using a tamp system to deliver the label to the product, as the label leaves the print engine, it travels on a driven belt where it is controlled by a flow of air (from a fan, not plant air) to the product.

PowerMerge provides some great advantages:

Once a label is printed and on the belt, the next label can start its own print process. This virtually eliminates and seat time in the print-apply, increasing output considerably.

Gaining time in the sequence also means that the printer can run at lower print speeds, even while maintaining high outputs. This provides better print quality and longer life of printer components.

However, while PowerMerge is often a big step forward compared to tamp applicators, it does have a couple of drawbacks.

Introducing CrossMergeThe Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

CrossMerge brings our PowerMerge concept to another level.

Labels feed from the printer ib the most efficient orientation and then change direction to allow them to be wiped onto the product.

For our customers, there are some huge advantages of CrossMerge.

One of the (many) cool things about CrossMerge is that it can be installed on most existing ID Technology 252 or 255 labeling systems – make the most of your current investment.

Want to learn more? Contact me at david.holliday@ProMachBuilt.com or visit www.idtechnology.com

Local save:https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/12.0.0-1/72x72/2122.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/12.0.0-1/72x72/2122.png

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : ™ - ™ ON

Print and Apply – Finally as Simple as it Sounds. 

Many of our customers are faced with the same demands when it comes to labeling their secondary packaging:

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Traditionally, labels would be applied to the side of a shipping case or tray, using a pneumatic or servo driven tamp arrangement. This method has provided excellent service over the years and it is still the most common process in use today.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Using a tamp applicator, while being simple and reliable, does have some drawbacks, though.

The label can only be printed while the tamp pad is in its home position. This means that there are parts of the application cycle where the printer is forced to be idle – reducing the maximum output of the labeler.

These systems usually need plant compressed air to operate them. With many of our customers looking to reduce their overall plant air usage, this is not ideal.

There can also be safety considerations with reciprocating parts operating at high speeds – it is difficult to ensure there are no pinch points.

PowerMergeThe Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

To address some of these issues, ID Technology introduced PowerMerge.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Rather than using a tamp system to deliver the label to the product, as the label leaves the print engine, it travels on a driven belt where it is controlled by a flow of air (from a fan, not plant air) to the product.

PowerMerge provides some great advantages:

Once a label is printed and on the belt, the next label can start its own print process. This virtually eliminates and seat time in the print-apply, increasing output considerably.

Gaining time in the sequence also means that the printer can run at lower print speeds, even while maintaining high outputs. This provides better print quality and longer life of printer components.

However, while PowerMerge is often a big step forward compared to tamp applicators, it does have a couple of drawbacks.

Introducing CrossMergeThe Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

CrossMerge brings our PowerMerge concept to another level.

Labels feed from the printer ib the most efficient orientation and then change direction to allow them to be wiped onto the product.

For our customers, there are some huge advantages of CrossMerge.

One of the (many) cool things about CrossMerge is that it can be installed on most existing ID Technology 252 or 255 labeling systems – make the most of your current investment.

Want to learn more? Contact me at david.holliday@ProMachBuilt.com or visit www.idtechnology.com

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/CM-LN.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/CM-LN.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Print and Apply – Finally as Simple as it Sounds. 

Many of our customers are faced with the same demands when it comes to labeling their secondary packaging:

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Traditionally, labels would be applied to the side of a shipping case or tray, using a pneumatic or servo driven tamp arrangement. This method has provided excellent service over the years and it is still the most common process in use today.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Using a tamp applicator, while being simple and reliable, does have some drawbacks, though.

The label can only be printed while the tamp pad is in its home position. This means that there are parts of the application cycle where the printer is forced to be idle – reducing the maximum output of the labeler.

These systems usually need plant compressed air to operate them. With many of our customers looking to reduce their overall plant air usage, this is not ideal.

There can also be safety considerations with reciprocating parts operating at high speeds – it is difficult to ensure there are no pinch points.

PowerMergeThe Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

To address some of these issues, ID Technology introduced PowerMerge.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Rather than using a tamp system to deliver the label to the product, as the label leaves the print engine, it travels on a driven belt where it is controlled by a flow of air (from a fan, not plant air) to the product.

PowerMerge provides some great advantages:

Once a label is printed and on the belt, the next label can start its own print process. This virtually eliminates and seat time in the print-apply, increasing output considerably.

Gaining time in the sequence also means that the printer can run at lower print speeds, even while maintaining high outputs. This provides better print quality and longer life of printer components.

However, while PowerMerge is often a big step forward compared to tamp applicators, it does have a couple of drawbacks.

Introducing CrossMergeThe Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

CrossMerge brings our PowerMerge concept to another level.

Labels feed from the printer ib the most efficient orientation and then change direction to allow them to be wiped onto the product.

For our customers, there are some huge advantages of CrossMerge.

One of the (many) cool things about CrossMerge is that it can be installed on most existing ID Technology 252 or 255 labeling systems – make the most of your current investment.

Want to learn more? Contact me at david.holliday@ProMachBuilt.com or visit www.idtechnology.com

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/CrossMerge-concept.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/CrossMerge-concept.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Print and Apply – Finally as Simple as it Sounds. 

Many of our customers are faced with the same demands when it comes to labeling their secondary packaging:

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Traditionally, labels would be applied to the side of a shipping case or tray, using a pneumatic or servo driven tamp arrangement. This method has provided excellent service over the years and it is still the most common process in use today.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Using a tamp applicator, while being simple and reliable, does have some drawbacks, though.

The label can only be printed while the tamp pad is in its home position. This means that there are parts of the application cycle where the printer is forced to be idle – reducing the maximum output of the labeler.

These systems usually need plant compressed air to operate them. With many of our customers looking to reduce their overall plant air usage, this is not ideal.

There can also be safety considerations with reciprocating parts operating at high speeds – it is difficult to ensure there are no pinch points.

PowerMergeThe Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

To address some of these issues, ID Technology introduced PowerMerge.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Rather than using a tamp system to deliver the label to the product, as the label leaves the print engine, it travels on a driven belt where it is controlled by a flow of air (from a fan, not plant air) to the product.

PowerMerge provides some great advantages:

Once a label is printed and on the belt, the next label can start its own print process. This virtually eliminates and seat time in the print-apply, increasing output considerably.

Gaining time in the sequence also means that the printer can run at lower print speeds, even while maintaining high outputs. This provides better print quality and longer life of printer components.

However, while PowerMerge is often a big step forward compared to tamp applicators, it does have a couple of drawbacks.

Introducing CrossMergeThe Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

CrossMerge brings our PowerMerge concept to another level.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Labels feed from the printer ib the most efficient orientation and then change direction to allow them to be wiped onto the product.

For our customers, there are some huge advantages of CrossMerge.

One of the (many) cool things about CrossMerge is that it can be installed on most existing ID Technology 252 or 255 labeling systems – make the most of your current investment.

Want to learn more? Contact me at david.holliday@ProMachBuilt.com or visit www.idtechnology.com

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2020/05/the-evolution-of-print-apply-labeling/ [syndication_item_hash] => 0b613e7d5712725abae2867e1f411a8a )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Array ( [post_title] => The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling [post_content] =>

Print and Apply – Finally as Simple as it Sounds. 

Many of our customers are faced with the same demands when it comes to labeling their secondary packaging:

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Traditionally, labels would be applied to the side of a shipping case or tray, using a pneumatic or servo driven tamp arrangement. This method has provided excellent service over the years and it is still the most common process in use today.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Using a tamp applicator, while being simple and reliable, does have some drawbacks, though.

The label can only be printed while the tamp pad is in its home position. This means that there are parts of the application cycle where the printer is forced to be idle – reducing the maximum output of the labeler.

These systems usually need plant compressed air to operate them. With many of our customers looking to reduce their overall plant air usage, this is not ideal.

There can also be safety considerations with reciprocating parts operating at high speeds – it is difficult to ensure there are no pinch points.

PowerMergeThe Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

To address some of these issues, ID Technology introduced PowerMerge.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Rather than using a tamp system to deliver the label to the product, as the label leaves the print engine, it travels on a driven belt where it is controlled by a flow of air (from a fan, not plant air) to the product.

PowerMerge provides some great advantages:

Once a label is printed and on the belt, the next label can start its own print process. This virtually eliminates and seat time in the print-apply, increasing output considerably.

Gaining time in the sequence also means that the printer can run at lower print speeds, even while maintaining high outputs. This provides better print quality and longer life of printer components.

However, while PowerMerge is often a big step forward compared to tamp applicators, it does have a couple of drawbacks.

Introducing CrossMergeThe Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

CrossMerge brings our PowerMerge concept to another level.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

Labels feed from the printer ib the most efficient orientation and then change direction to allow them to be wiped onto the product.

The Evolution of Print – Apply Labeling

For our customers, there are some huge advantages of CrossMerge.

One of the (many) cool things about CrossMerge is that it can be installed on most existing ID Technology 252 or 255 labeling systems – make the most of your current investment.

Want to learn more? Contact me at david.holliday@ProMachBuilt.com or visit www.idtechnology.com

[post_excerpt] => Print and Apply – Finally as Simple as it Sounds.  Many of our customers are faced with the same demands when it comes to labeling their secondary packaging: more output from packaging lines. higher efficiency and less downtime. best possible barcode quality for GS1 compliance. minimize the total cost of ownership. Traditionally, labels would be […] [post_date_gmt] => 2020-05-18 18:43:21 [post_date] => 2020-05-18 18:43:21 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-05-18 18:43:21 [post_modified] => 2020-05-18 18:43:21 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5999 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2020/05/the-evolution-of-print-apply-labeling/ [syndication_item_hash] => 0b613e7d5712725abae2867e1f411a8a [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0,0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

The Art of Barcode Shaving

Array ( [post_title] => The Art of Barcode Shaving [post_content] =>

Okay, I’m not suggesting that your barcodes are looking a little scraggly and in need of getting their chins cleaned up. Barcode shaving (also often referred to as pixel shaving) is a way of tweaking your barcodes to get the best, verified print quality.

In this article I want to dig a little into this process and how it relates to printing two-dimensional barcodes when using inkjet printers.

When producing 2D barcodes such as DataMatrix or QR code to GS1 standards, it is obviously important that the data is correct, the structure of the encoded data is correct and the quality of the printed code meets the quality standard.

Typical GS1 DataMatrix Code

Getting the data correct is really the job of the organization that’s printing the barcode, after all, it is their data.

The structure of a GS1 barcode is defined in the GS1 general specification. It’s relatively easy to check that the structure of the data is correct in some cases using a simple smartphone application – I’ve discussed this several times elsewhere.

In the GS1 system, quality for 2D barcodes, such as data matrix and QR codes, is defined in the ISO/IEC 15416 standard.

To verify the quality of a barcode against the standard, a number of measurements are taken using a calibrated verifier. All of these measurements each produce an individual grade which is then combined into one single overall score.

One of these parameters is called print growth. This measures the size of the elements in the barcode and ensures they haven’t crept above the size they should be.

With a 2D DataMatrix barcode, as an example, each of the little squares that makes up the symbol should be exactly the same size, both the dark and light squares.

Look at these two examples:

One of them looks to be printed nice and darkly you – would think that it will be easy for a scanner to read and that its verification score will be good.

In the other example, the barcode looks somewhat lighter. Intuition tells us, that this one would be more difficult to read in the dark version and possibly would score less high in the verification

As it happens, both barcodes are easy to read with most barcode scanners – I can read them just fine with the Barcode Check app on my phone.

However, if you look more closely at the darker example, you’ll see that the darker squares are somewhat larger than the white ones – this is print growth.

What is Print Growth?

When printing with an inkjet printer, the image is produced of a number of very small individual drops of ink. The examples I’ve used were printed on our ClearMark Thermal Inkjet printer, set at 300 dots per inch in both the horizontal and vertical axis. Since the barcode is 0.5″ square, each size is 150 drops or pixels and the individual small squares that make up the barcode are 7 x 7 pixels.

As the drops of ink are sprayed onto the product, they dry quickly (assuming the ink is compatible with the substrate), but not instantly. There is often some time for the drops to spread a little before they set permanently, causing the elements on the image to be slightly larger than intended.

This is why when inspecting a DataMatrix or QR Code that has been printed using inkjet, the small squares that are printed are often too large as the ink spreads.

This is print growth – you can see in the darker example, that the black squares are infringing on the white ones – causing the white squares to be smaller, or even rectangular, rather than squares.

Print growth will downgrade the ISO score of your barcode – possibly to the extent that it fails verification.

So What’s The Solution?

In these situations, Barcode (or Pixel) Shaving is your friend.

With each of the small squares in my example barcode, our ID Technology and Code Tech TIJ printers (and our Greydon Genesis inkjet printers), allow pixels to be removed (shaved) from around each square. So I could make the elements of my barcode 6 x 6 pixels (instead of 7 x 7), but still centered in the same location. This allows the ink to spread a little in each barcode element, but still stay within its assigned overall area.

Using barcode shaving on our printers allows them to be fine-tuned to ensure the best verification scores for both DataMatrix and QR Codes. This is huge for customers who need to comply with GS1 standards, such as those in the medical of pharma industries.

 

Is it easy to set up?

Yes, this is easy to use on both our Code Tech and ClearMark printers.

Here is the setting screen on ClearMark. You simply set the amount of shaving as a percentage. There is a little trial and error involved, but the setting is saved with the message to remember for next time.

 

So Shaving is Good?

Yes – this feature can be the difference between passing or failing barcode verification. It is often well worth the time to spend a few minutes fine-tuning your barcode settings, to avoid potential problems in the future.

Want to Learn More?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

[post_excerpt] => Okay, I’m not suggesting that your barcodes are looking a little scraggly and in need of getting their chins cleaned up. Barcode shaving (also often referred to as pixel shaving) is a way of tweaking your barcodes to get the best, verified print quality. In this article I want to dig a little into this […] [post_date_gmt] => 2020-04-29 12:18:50 [post_date] => 2020-04-29 12:18:50 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-04-29 12:18:50 [post_modified] => 2020-04-29 12:18:50 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5993 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2020/04/barcodeshaving/ [syndication_item_hash] => 3a60546a1fbe14161f7a85f9efbc7ab5 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/barcode-shaving-300x300.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/barcode-shaving-300x300.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Okay, I’m not suggesting that your barcodes are looking a little scraggly and in need of getting their chins cleaned up. Barcode shaving (also often referred to as pixel shaving) is a way of tweaking your barcodes to get the best, verified print quality.

In this article I want to dig a little into this process and how it relates to printing two-dimensional barcodes when using inkjet printers.

When producing 2D barcodes such as DataMatrix or QR code to GS1 standards, it is obviously important that the data is correct, the structure of the encoded data is correct and the quality of the printed code meets the quality standard.

Typical GS1 DataMatrix Code

Getting the data correct is really the job of the organization that’s printing the barcode, after all, it is their data.

The structure of a GS1 barcode is defined in the GS1 general specification. It’s relatively easy to check that the structure of the data is correct in some cases using a simple smartphone application – I’ve discussed this several times elsewhere.

In the GS1 system, quality for 2D barcodes, such as data matrix and QR codes, is defined in the ISO/IEC 15416 standard.

To verify the quality of a barcode against the standard, a number of measurements are taken using a calibrated verifier. All of these measurements each produce an individual grade which is then combined into one single overall score.

One of these parameters is called print growth. This measures the size of the elements in the barcode and ensures they haven’t crept above the size they should be.

With a 2D DataMatrix barcode, as an example, each of the little squares that makes up the symbol should be exactly the same size, both the dark and light squares.

Look at these two examples:

One of them looks to be printed nice and darkly you – would think that it will be easy for a scanner to read and that its verification score will be good.

In the other example, the barcode looks somewhat lighter. Intuition tells us, that this one would be more difficult to read in the dark version and possibly would score less high in the verification

As it happens, both barcodes are easy to read with most barcode scanners – I can read them just fine with the Barcode Check app on my phone.

However, if you look more closely at the darker example, you’ll see that the darker squares are somewhat larger than the white ones – this is print growth.

What is Print Growth?

When printing with an inkjet printer, the image is produced of a number of very small individual drops of ink. The examples I’ve used were printed on our ClearMark Thermal Inkjet printer, set at 300 dots per inch in both the horizontal and vertical axis. Since the barcode is 0.5″ square, each size is 150 drops or pixels and the individual small squares that make up the barcode are 7 x 7 pixels.

As the drops of ink are sprayed onto the product, they dry quickly (assuming the ink is compatible with the substrate), but not instantly. There is often some time for the drops to spread a little before they set permanently, causing the elements on the image to be slightly larger than intended.

This is why when inspecting a DataMatrix or QR Code that has been printed using inkjet, the small squares that are printed are often too large as the ink spreads.

This is print growth – you can see in the darker example, that the black squares are infringing on the white ones – causing the white squares to be smaller, or even rectangular, rather than squares.

Print growth will downgrade the ISO score of your barcode – possibly to the extent that it fails verification.

So What’s The Solution?

In these situations, Barcode (or Pixel) Shaving is your friend.

With each of the small squares in my example barcode, our ID Technology and Code Tech TIJ printers (and our Greydon Genesis inkjet printers), allow pixels to be removed (shaved) from around each square. So I could make the elements of my barcode 6 x 6 pixels (instead of 7 x 7), but still centered in the same location. This allows the ink to spread a little in each barcode element, but still stay within its assigned overall area.

Using barcode shaving on our printers allows them to be fine-tuned to ensure the best verification scores for both DataMatrix and QR Codes. This is huge for customers who need to comply with GS1 standards, such as those in the medical of pharma industries.

 

Is it easy to set up?

Yes, this is easy to use on both our Code Tech and ClearMark printers.

Here is the setting screen on ClearMark. You simply set the amount of shaving as a percentage. There is a little trial and error involved, but the setting is saved with the message to remember for next time.

 

So Shaving is Good?

Yes – this feature can be the difference between passing or failing barcode verification. It is often well worth the time to spend a few minutes fine-tuning your barcode settings, to avoid potential problems in the future.

Want to Learn More?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Typical-GS1.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Typical-GS1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

The Art of Barcode ShavingOkay, I’m not suggesting that your barcodes are looking a little scraggly and in need of getting their chins cleaned up. Barcode shaving (also often referred to as pixel shaving) is a way of tweaking your barcodes to get the best, verified print quality.

In this article I want to dig a little into this process and how it relates to printing two-dimensional barcodes when using inkjet printers.

When producing 2D barcodes such as DataMatrix or QR code to GS1 standards, it is obviously important that the data is correct, the structure of the encoded data is correct and the quality of the printed code meets the quality standard.

Typical GS1 DataMatrix Code

Getting the data correct is really the job of the organization that’s printing the barcode, after all, it is their data.

The structure of a GS1 barcode is defined in the GS1 general specification. It’s relatively easy to check that the structure of the data is correct in some cases using a simple smartphone application – I’ve discussed this several times elsewhere.

In the GS1 system, quality for 2D barcodes, such as data matrix and QR codes, is defined in the ISO/IEC 15416 standard.

To verify the quality of a barcode against the standard, a number of measurements are taken using a calibrated verifier. All of these measurements each produce an individual grade which is then combined into one single overall score.

One of these parameters is called print growth. This measures the size of the elements in the barcode and ensures they haven’t crept above the size they should be.

With a 2D DataMatrix barcode, as an example, each of the little squares that makes up the symbol should be exactly the same size, both the dark and light squares.

Look at these two examples:

One of them looks to be printed nice and darkly you – would think that it will be easy for a scanner to read and that its verification score will be good.

In the other example, the barcode looks somewhat lighter. Intuition tells us, that this one would be more difficult to read in the dark version and possibly would score less high in the verification

As it happens, both barcodes are easy to read with most barcode scanners – I can read them just fine with the Barcode Check app on my phone.

However, if you look more closely at the darker example, you’ll see that the darker squares are somewhat larger than the white ones – this is print growth.

What is Print Growth?

When printing with an inkjet printer, the image is produced of a number of very small individual drops of ink. The examples I’ve used were printed on our ClearMark Thermal Inkjet printer, set at 300 dots per inch in both the horizontal and vertical axis. Since the barcode is 0.5″ square, each size is 150 drops or pixels and the individual small squares that make up the barcode are 7 x 7 pixels.

As the drops of ink are sprayed onto the product, they dry quickly (assuming the ink is compatible with the substrate), but not instantly. There is often some time for the drops to spread a little before they set permanently, causing the elements on the image to be slightly larger than intended.

This is why when inspecting a DataMatrix or QR Code that has been printed using inkjet, the small squares that are printed are often too large as the ink spreads.

This is print growth – you can see in the darker example, that the black squares are infringing on the white ones – causing the white squares to be smaller, or even rectangular, rather than squares.

Print growth will downgrade the ISO score of your barcode – possibly to the extent that it fails verification.

So What’s The Solution?

In these situations, Barcode (or Pixel) Shaving is your friend.

With each of the small squares in my example barcode, our ID Technology and Code Tech TIJ printers (and our Greydon Genesis inkjet printers), allow pixels to be removed (shaved) from around each square. So I could make the elements of my barcode 6 x 6 pixels (instead of 7 x 7), but still centered in the same location. This allows the ink to spread a little in each barcode element, but still stay within its assigned overall area.

Using barcode shaving on our printers allows them to be fine-tuned to ensure the best verification scores for both DataMatrix and QR Codes. This is huge for customers who need to comply with GS1 standards, such as those in the medical of pharma industries.

 

Is it easy to set up?

Yes, this is easy to use on both our Code Tech and ClearMark printers.

Here is the setting screen on ClearMark. You simply set the amount of shaving as a percentage. There is a little trial and error involved, but the setting is saved with the message to remember for next time.

 

So Shaving is Good?

Yes – this feature can be the difference between passing or failing barcode verification. It is often well worth the time to spend a few minutes fine-tuning your barcode settings, to avoid potential problems in the future.

Want to Learn More?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/WhichBarcode.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/WhichBarcode.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

The Art of Barcode ShavingOkay, I’m not suggesting that your barcodes are looking a little scraggly and in need of getting their chins cleaned up. Barcode shaving (also often referred to as pixel shaving) is a way of tweaking your barcodes to get the best, verified print quality.

In this article I want to dig a little into this process and how it relates to printing two-dimensional barcodes when using inkjet printers.

When producing 2D barcodes such as DataMatrix or QR code to GS1 standards, it is obviously important that the data is correct, the structure of the encoded data is correct and the quality of the printed code meets the quality standard.

The Art of Barcode Shaving

Typical GS1 DataMatrix Code

Getting the data correct is really the job of the organization that’s printing the barcode, after all, it is their data.

The structure of a GS1 barcode is defined in the GS1 general specification. It’s relatively easy to check that the structure of the data is correct in some cases using a simple smartphone application – I’ve discussed this several times elsewhere.

In the GS1 system, quality for 2D barcodes, such as data matrix and QR codes, is defined in the ISO/IEC 15416 standard.

To verify the quality of a barcode against the standard, a number of measurements are taken using a calibrated verifier. All of these measurements each produce an individual grade which is then combined into one single overall score.

One of these parameters is called print growth. This measures the size of the elements in the barcode and ensures they haven’t crept above the size they should be.

With a 2D DataMatrix barcode, as an example, each of the little squares that makes up the symbol should be exactly the same size, both the dark and light squares.

Look at these two examples:

One of them looks to be printed nice and darkly you – would think that it will be easy for a scanner to read and that its verification score will be good.

In the other example, the barcode looks somewhat lighter. Intuition tells us, that this one would be more difficult to read in the dark version and possibly would score less high in the verification

As it happens, both barcodes are easy to read with most barcode scanners – I can read them just fine with the Barcode Check app on my phone.

However, if you look more closely at the darker example, you’ll see that the darker squares are somewhat larger than the white ones – this is print growth.

What is Print Growth?

When printing with an inkjet printer, the image is produced of a number of very small individual drops of ink. The examples I’ve used were printed on our ClearMark Thermal Inkjet printer, set at 300 dots per inch in both the horizontal and vertical axis. Since the barcode is 0.5″ square, each size is 150 drops or pixels and the individual small squares that make up the barcode are 7 x 7 pixels.

As the drops of ink are sprayed onto the product, they dry quickly (assuming the ink is compatible with the substrate), but not instantly. There is often some time for the drops to spread a little before they set permanently, causing the elements on the image to be slightly larger than intended.

This is why when inspecting a DataMatrix or QR Code that has been printed using inkjet, the small squares that are printed are often too large as the ink spreads.

This is print growth – you can see in the darker example, that the black squares are infringing on the white ones – causing the white squares to be smaller, or even rectangular, rather than squares.

Print growth will downgrade the ISO score of your barcode – possibly to the extent that it fails verification.

So What’s The Solution?

In these situations, Barcode (or Pixel) Shaving is your friend.

With each of the small squares in my example barcode, our ID Technology and Code Tech TIJ printers (and our Greydon Genesis inkjet printers), allow pixels to be removed (shaved) from around each square. So I could make the elements of my barcode 6 x 6 pixels (instead of 7 x 7), but still centered in the same location. This allows the ink to spread a little in each barcode element, but still stay within its assigned overall area.

Using barcode shaving on our printers allows them to be fine-tuned to ensure the best verification scores for both DataMatrix and QR Codes. This is huge for customers who need to comply with GS1 standards, such as those in the medical of pharma industries.

 

Is it easy to set up?

Yes, this is easy to use on both our Code Tech and ClearMark printers.

Here is the setting screen on ClearMark. You simply set the amount of shaving as a percentage. There is a little trial and error involved, but the setting is saved with the message to remember for next time.

 

So Shaving is Good?

Yes – this feature can be the difference between passing or failing barcode verification. It is often well worth the time to spend a few minutes fine-tuning your barcode settings, to avoid potential problems in the future.

Want to Learn More?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/clearmark-shaving.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/clearmark-shaving.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

The Art of Barcode ShavingOkay, I’m not suggesting that your barcodes are looking a little scraggly and in need of getting their chins cleaned up. Barcode shaving (also often referred to as pixel shaving) is a way of tweaking your barcodes to get the best, verified print quality.

In this article I want to dig a little into this process and how it relates to printing two-dimensional barcodes when using inkjet printers.

When producing 2D barcodes such as DataMatrix or QR code to GS1 standards, it is obviously important that the data is correct, the structure of the encoded data is correct and the quality of the printed code meets the quality standard.

The Art of Barcode Shaving

Typical GS1 DataMatrix Code

Getting the data correct is really the job of the organization that’s printing the barcode, after all, it is their data.

The structure of a GS1 barcode is defined in the GS1 general specification. It’s relatively easy to check that the structure of the data is correct in some cases using a simple smartphone application – I’ve discussed this several times elsewhere.

In the GS1 system, quality for 2D barcodes, such as data matrix and QR codes, is defined in the ISO/IEC 15416 standard.

To verify the quality of a barcode against the standard, a number of measurements are taken using a calibrated verifier. All of these measurements each produce an individual grade which is then combined into one single overall score.

One of these parameters is called print growth. This measures the size of the elements in the barcode and ensures they haven’t crept above the size they should be.

With a 2D DataMatrix barcode, as an example, each of the little squares that makes up the symbol should be exactly the same size, both the dark and light squares.

Look at these two examples:

The Art of Barcode Shaving

One of them looks to be printed nice and darkly you – would think that it will be easy for a scanner to read and that its verification score will be good.

In the other example, the barcode looks somewhat lighter. Intuition tells us, that this one would be more difficult to read in the dark version and possibly would score less high in the verification

As it happens, both barcodes are easy to read with most barcode scanners – I can read them just fine with the Barcode Check app on my phone.

However, if you look more closely at the darker example, you’ll see that the darker squares are somewhat larger than the white ones – this is print growth.

What is Print Growth?

When printing with an inkjet printer, the image is produced of a number of very small individual drops of ink. The examples I’ve used were printed on our ClearMark Thermal Inkjet printer, set at 300 dots per inch in both the horizontal and vertical axis. Since the barcode is 0.5″ square, each size is 150 drops or pixels and the individual small squares that make up the barcode are 7 x 7 pixels.

As the drops of ink are sprayed onto the product, they dry quickly (assuming the ink is compatible with the substrate), but not instantly. There is often some time for the drops to spread a little before they set permanently, causing the elements on the image to be slightly larger than intended.

This is why when inspecting a DataMatrix or QR Code that has been printed using inkjet, the small squares that are printed are often too large as the ink spreads.

This is print growth – you can see in the darker example, that the black squares are infringing on the white ones – causing the white squares to be smaller, or even rectangular, rather than squares.

Print growth will downgrade the ISO score of your barcode – possibly to the extent that it fails verification.

So What’s The Solution?

In these situations, Barcode (or Pixel) Shaving is your friend.

With each of the small squares in my example barcode, our ID Technology and Code Tech TIJ printers (and our Greydon Genesis inkjet printers), allow pixels to be removed (shaved) from around each square. So I could make the elements of my barcode 6 x 6 pixels (instead of 7 x 7), but still centered in the same location. This allows the ink to spread a little in each barcode element, but still stay within its assigned overall area.

Using barcode shaving on our printers allows them to be fine-tuned to ensure the best verification scores for both DataMatrix and QR Codes. This is huge for customers who need to comply with GS1 standards, such as those in the medical of pharma industries.

 

Is it easy to set up?

Yes, this is easy to use on both our Code Tech and ClearMark printers.

Here is the setting screen on ClearMark. You simply set the amount of shaving as a percentage. There is a little trial and error involved, but the setting is saved with the message to remember for next time.

 

So Shaving is Good?

Yes – this feature can be the difference between passing or failing barcode verification. It is often well worth the time to spend a few minutes fine-tuning your barcode settings, to avoid potential problems in the future.

Want to Learn More?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2020/04/barcodeshaving/ [syndication_item_hash] => 3a60546a1fbe14161f7a85f9efbc7ab5 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :The Art of Barcode Shaving

Array ( [post_title] => The Art of Barcode Shaving [post_content] =>

The Art of Barcode ShavingOkay, I’m not suggesting that your barcodes are looking a little scraggly and in need of getting their chins cleaned up. Barcode shaving (also often referred to as pixel shaving) is a way of tweaking your barcodes to get the best, verified print quality.

In this article I want to dig a little into this process and how it relates to printing two-dimensional barcodes when using inkjet printers.

When producing 2D barcodes such as DataMatrix or QR code to GS1 standards, it is obviously important that the data is correct, the structure of the encoded data is correct and the quality of the printed code meets the quality standard.

The Art of Barcode Shaving

Typical GS1 DataMatrix Code

Getting the data correct is really the job of the organization that’s printing the barcode, after all, it is their data.

The structure of a GS1 barcode is defined in the GS1 general specification. It’s relatively easy to check that the structure of the data is correct in some cases using a simple smartphone application – I’ve discussed this several times elsewhere.

In the GS1 system, quality for 2D barcodes, such as data matrix and QR codes, is defined in the ISO/IEC 15416 standard.

To verify the quality of a barcode against the standard, a number of measurements are taken using a calibrated verifier. All of these measurements each produce an individual grade which is then combined into one single overall score.

One of these parameters is called print growth. This measures the size of the elements in the barcode and ensures they haven’t crept above the size they should be.

With a 2D DataMatrix barcode, as an example, each of the little squares that makes up the symbol should be exactly the same size, both the dark and light squares.

Look at these two examples:

The Art of Barcode Shaving

One of them looks to be printed nice and darkly you – would think that it will be easy for a scanner to read and that its verification score will be good.

In the other example, the barcode looks somewhat lighter. Intuition tells us, that this one would be more difficult to read in the dark version and possibly would score less high in the verification

As it happens, both barcodes are easy to read with most barcode scanners – I can read them just fine with the Barcode Check app on my phone.

However, if you look more closely at the darker example, you’ll see that the darker squares are somewhat larger than the white ones – this is print growth.

What is Print Growth?

When printing with an inkjet printer, the image is produced of a number of very small individual drops of ink. The examples I’ve used were printed on our ClearMark Thermal Inkjet printer, set at 300 dots per inch in both the horizontal and vertical axis. Since the barcode is 0.5″ square, each size is 150 drops or pixels and the individual small squares that make up the barcode are 7 x 7 pixels.

As the drops of ink are sprayed onto the product, they dry quickly (assuming the ink is compatible with the substrate), but not instantly. There is often some time for the drops to spread a little before they set permanently, causing the elements on the image to be slightly larger than intended.

This is why when inspecting a DataMatrix or QR Code that has been printed using inkjet, the small squares that are printed are often too large as the ink spreads.

This is print growth – you can see in the darker example, that the black squares are infringing on the white ones – causing the white squares to be smaller, or even rectangular, rather than squares.

Print growth will downgrade the ISO score of your barcode – possibly to the extent that it fails verification.

So What’s The Solution?

In these situations, Barcode (or Pixel) Shaving is your friend.

With each of the small squares in my example barcode, our ID Technology and Code Tech TIJ printers (and our Greydon Genesis inkjet printers), allow pixels to be removed (shaved) from around each square. So I could make the elements of my barcode 6 x 6 pixels (instead of 7 x 7), but still centered in the same location. This allows the ink to spread a little in each barcode element, but still stay within its assigned overall area.

Using barcode shaving on our printers allows them to be fine-tuned to ensure the best verification scores for both DataMatrix and QR Codes. This is huge for customers who need to comply with GS1 standards, such as those in the medical of pharma industries.

 

Is it easy to set up?

Yes, this is easy to use on both our Code Tech and ClearMark printers.

The Art of Barcode Shaving

Here is the setting screen on ClearMark. You simply set the amount of shaving as a percentage. There is a little trial and error involved, but the setting is saved with the message to remember for next time.

 

So Shaving is Good?

Yes – this feature can be the difference between passing or failing barcode verification. It is often well worth the time to spend a few minutes fine-tuning your barcode settings, to avoid potential problems in the future.

Want to Learn More?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

[post_excerpt] => Okay, I’m not suggesting that your barcodes are looking a little scraggly and in need of getting their chins cleaned up. Barcode shaving (also often referred to as pixel shaving) is a way of tweaking your barcodes to get the best, verified print quality. In this article I want to dig a little into this […] [post_date_gmt] => 2020-04-29 12:18:50 [post_date] => 2020-04-29 12:18:50 [post_modified_gmt] => 2020-04-29 12:18:50 [post_modified] => 2020-04-29 12:18:50 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5993 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2020/04/barcodeshaving/ [syndication_item_hash] => 3a60546a1fbe14161f7a85f9efbc7ab5 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Manage Your New Nutrition Labels

Array ( [post_title] => Manage Your New Nutrition Labels [post_content] =>

The new style, FDA approved, nutritional facts labels take effect next month.

The agency has stated that due to many companies int the food industry not being ready, enforcement will be delayed for six months, but this is still a good time to ensure you have a plan to be in compliance.

One of the reasons stated for the delay is that many food producers have a large number of existing printed labels in stock that need to be used up, and many have not finished the process of procuring labels to the new design.

One way to help with this problem (and to make managing many SKUs of nutrition labels much easier) is to invest in ID Technology’s labeling system, with optional print/apply head to print the nutrition information right on the label applicator at the time of use.

The 262 print/apply labeling head can be used as the bottom head on a top/bottom labeler or as a bottom only labeler in order to produce the completed printed nutrition label.

On a top/bottom set-up, this allows for the existing nicely printed digital or flexo label to be applied to the top of the package and the complete bottom label with allergen, ingredients and nutritional information be printed on the bottom label.

We recommend using NiceLabel label management to provide full control of the label designs and ensure that only the correct, approved label is printed every time.

Using this system can eliminate the need to source and manage multiple pre-printed label SKUs and prevent being left with inventories of obsolete labels when the copy on the label changes.

In addition, the 262 labeling head can also apply conventional printed labels, allowing our customers to use pre-printed labels for large volume products and the print/apply feature for smaller runs.

Our labeling systems are built in the USA and are designed to be easy to set-up, use and maintain.

How can ID Technology help you meet your objectives for your labeling operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

[post_excerpt] => The new style, FDA approved, nutritional facts labels take effect next month. The agency has stated that due to many companies int the food industry not being ready, enforcement will be delayed for six months, but this is still a good time to ensure you have a plan to be in compliance. One of the […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-12-11 22:40:15 [post_date] => 2019-12-11 22:40:15 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-12-11 22:40:15 [post_modified] => 2019-12-11 22:40:15 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5974 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/12/manage-your-new-nutrition-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => 703d705730d88ef43b42eccf58528973 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/digitalize-labeling-262b.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/digitalize-labeling-262b.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

The new style, FDA approved, nutritional facts labels take effect next month.

The agency has stated that due to many companies int the food industry not being ready, enforcement will be delayed for six months, but this is still a good time to ensure you have a plan to be in compliance.

One of the reasons stated for the delay is that many food producers have a large number of existing printed labels in stock that need to be used up, and many have not finished the process of procuring labels to the new design.

One way to help with this problem (and to make managing many SKUs of nutrition labels much easier) is to invest in ID Technology’s labeling system, with optional print/apply head to print the nutrition information right on the label applicator at the time of use.

The 262 print/apply labeling head can be used as the bottom head on a top/bottom labeler or as a bottom only labeler in order to produce the completed printed nutrition label.

On a top/bottom set-up, this allows for the existing nicely printed digital or flexo label to be applied to the top of the package and the complete bottom label with allergen, ingredients and nutritional information be printed on the bottom label.

We recommend using NiceLabel label management to provide full control of the label designs and ensure that only the correct, approved label is printed every time.

Using this system can eliminate the need to source and manage multiple pre-printed label SKUs and prevent being left with inventories of obsolete labels when the copy on the label changes.

In addition, the 262 labeling head can also apply conventional printed labels, allowing our customers to use pre-printed labels for large volume products and the print/apply feature for smaller runs.

Our labeling systems are built in the USA and are designed to be easy to set-up, use and maintain.

How can ID Technology help you meet your objectives for your labeling operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/12/manage-your-new-nutrition-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => 703d705730d88ef43b42eccf58528973 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Manage Your New Nutrition Labels

Array ( [post_title] => Manage Your New Nutrition Labels [post_content] =>

The new style, FDA approved, nutritional facts labels take effect next month.

The agency has stated that due to many companies int the food industry not being ready, enforcement will be delayed for six months, but this is still a good time to ensure you have a plan to be in compliance.

One of the reasons stated for the delay is that many food producers have a large number of existing printed labels in stock that need to be used up, and many have not finished the process of procuring labels to the new design.

One way to help with this problem (and to make managing many SKUs of nutrition labels much easier) is to invest in ID Technology’s labeling system, with optional print/apply head to print the nutrition information right on the label applicator at the time of use.

Manage Your New Nutrition Labels

The 262 print/apply labeling head can be used as the bottom head on a top/bottom labeler or as a bottom only labeler in order to produce the completed printed nutrition label.

On a top/bottom set-up, this allows for the existing nicely printed digital or flexo label to be applied to the top of the package and the complete bottom label with allergen, ingredients and nutritional information be printed on the bottom label.

We recommend using NiceLabel label management to provide full control of the label designs and ensure that only the correct, approved label is printed every time.

Using this system can eliminate the need to source and manage multiple pre-printed label SKUs and prevent being left with inventories of obsolete labels when the copy on the label changes.

In addition, the 262 labeling head can also apply conventional printed labels, allowing our customers to use pre-printed labels for large volume products and the print/apply feature for smaller runs.

Our labeling systems are built in the USA and are designed to be easy to set-up, use and maintain.

How can ID Technology help you meet your objectives for your labeling operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

[post_excerpt] => The new style, FDA approved, nutritional facts labels take effect next month. The agency has stated that due to many companies int the food industry not being ready, enforcement will be delayed for six months, but this is still a good time to ensure you have a plan to be in compliance. One of the […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-12-11 22:40:15 [post_date] => 2019-12-11 22:40:15 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-12-11 22:40:15 [post_modified] => 2019-12-11 22:40:15 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5974 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/12/manage-your-new-nutrition-labels/ [syndication_item_hash] => 703d705730d88ef43b42eccf58528973 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Canadian Printing Awards – Congratulations Jet Label!

Array ( [post_title] => Canadian Printing Awards – Congratulations Jet Label! [post_content] =>

The Canadian Printing Awards is an annual event, currently in its 14th year, that celebrates the excellence and innovation of the printing industry in Canada.

The awards cover a wide range of print and printing-related categories, Industry Achievement, Print Design, Printing, Technology and Environmental.

The 2019 awards were presented at a gala event in Toronto and a total of 113 gold, silver and bronze awards were presented.

We are thrilled that the newest member of our ProMach Labeling & Coding family, Jet Label swept the awards in the Digital Label category, winning gold, silver and bronze.

 

This is a fantastic achievement and all three Jet Label submissions would have been worthy of first place. Here is the gold award and the winning label, printed for Dog Island Brewing:

To show just how consistent the Jet Label quality is, this isn’t the first time our colleagues have dominated the Digital Label category at the awards. Here are the gold, silver and bronze winners from 2018 – see a trend here?

Jet Label is Western Canada’s largest supplier of high-quality labels (both digital and flexo) with large investments in equipment and a super team of motivated professionals. A great addition to the ProMach family.

With 7 label converting and printing plants across the United States and Canada, ProMach is your local label company with national reach and support. Combining our labels with ID Technology and EPI labeling equipment is the best way to ensure your products project the right image.

Want to get started improving your labels and labeling? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at david.holliday@promachbuilt.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

[post_excerpt] => The Canadian Printing Awards is an annual event, currently in its 14th year, that celebrates the excellence and innovation of the printing industry in Canada. The awards cover a wide range of print and printing-related categories, Industry Achievement, Print Design, Printing, Technology and Environmental. The 2019 awards were presented at a gala event in Toronto […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-11-08 22:12:39 [post_date] => 2019-11-08 22:12:39 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-11-08 22:12:39 [post_modified] => 2019-11-08 22:12:39 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5966 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/11/canadian-printing-awards-congratulations-jet-label/ [syndication_item_hash] => 688fde332c4ebb0e26d74b655a18f93e ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/2019printawards.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/2019printawards.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

The Canadian Printing Awards is an annual event, currently in its 14th year, that celebrates the excellence and innovation of the printing industry in Canada.

The awards cover a wide range of print and printing-related categories, Industry Achievement, Print Design, Printing, Technology and Environmental.

The 2019 awards were presented at a gala event in Toronto and a total of 113 gold, silver and bronze awards were presented.

We are thrilled that the newest member of our ProMach Labeling & Coding family, Jet Label swept the awards in the Digital Label category, winning gold, silver and bronze.

 

This is a fantastic achievement and all three Jet Label submissions would have been worthy of first place. Here is the gold award and the winning label, printed for Dog Island Brewing:

To show just how consistent the Jet Label quality is, this isn’t the first time our colleagues have dominated the Digital Label category at the awards. Here are the gold, silver and bronze winners from 2018 – see a trend here?

Jet Label is Western Canada’s largest supplier of high-quality labels (both digital and flexo) with large investments in equipment and a super team of motivated professionals. A great addition to the ProMach family.

With 7 label converting and printing plants across the United States and Canada, ProMach is your local label company with national reach and support. Combining our labels with ID Technology and EPI labeling equipment is the best way to ensure your products project the right image.

Want to get started improving your labels and labeling? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at david.holliday@promachbuilt.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/canadaawardgold.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/canadaawardgold.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

The Canadian Printing Awards is an annual event, currently in its 14th year, that celebrates the excellence and innovation of the printing industry in Canada.

The awards cover a wide range of print and printing-related categories, Industry Achievement, Print Design, Printing, Technology and Environmental.

The 2019 awards were presented at a gala event in Toronto and a total of 113 gold, silver and bronze awards were presented.

We are thrilled that the newest member of our ProMach Labeling & Coding family, Jet Label swept the awards in the Digital Label category, winning gold, silver and bronze.

Canadian Printing Awards – Congratulations Jet Label!

 

This is a fantastic achievement and all three Jet Label submissions would have been worthy of first place. Here is the gold award and the winning label, printed for Dog Island Brewing:

To show just how consistent the Jet Label quality is, this isn’t the first time our colleagues have dominated the Digital Label category at the awards. Here are the gold, silver and bronze winners from 2018 – see a trend here?

Jet Label is Western Canada’s largest supplier of high-quality labels (both digital and flexo) with large investments in equipment and a super team of motivated professionals. A great addition to the ProMach family.

With 7 label converting and printing plants across the United States and Canada, ProMach is your local label company with national reach and support. Combining our labels with ID Technology and EPI labeling equipment is the best way to ensure your products project the right image.

Want to get started improving your labels and labeling? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at david.holliday@promachbuilt.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/2018canadaawards.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/2018canadaawards.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

The Canadian Printing Awards is an annual event, currently in its 14th year, that celebrates the excellence and innovation of the printing industry in Canada.

The awards cover a wide range of print and printing-related categories, Industry Achievement, Print Design, Printing, Technology and Environmental.

The 2019 awards were presented at a gala event in Toronto and a total of 113 gold, silver and bronze awards were presented.

We are thrilled that the newest member of our ProMach Labeling & Coding family, Jet Label swept the awards in the Digital Label category, winning gold, silver and bronze.

Canadian Printing Awards – Congratulations Jet Label!

 

This is a fantastic achievement and all three Jet Label submissions would have been worthy of first place. Here is the gold award and the winning label, printed for Dog Island Brewing:

Canadian Printing Awards – Congratulations Jet Label!

To show just how consistent the Jet Label quality is, this isn’t the first time our colleagues have dominated the Digital Label category at the awards. Here are the gold, silver and bronze winners from 2018 – see a trend here?

Jet Label is Western Canada’s largest supplier of high-quality labels (both digital and flexo) with large investments in equipment and a super team of motivated professionals. A great addition to the ProMach family.

With 7 label converting and printing plants across the United States and Canada, ProMach is your local label company with national reach and support. Combining our labels with ID Technology and EPI labeling equipment is the best way to ensure your products project the right image.

Want to get started improving your labels and labeling? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at david.holliday@promachbuilt.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/11/canadian-printing-awards-congratulations-jet-label/ [syndication_item_hash] => 688fde332c4ebb0e26d74b655a18f93e )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Canadian Printing Awards – Congratulations Jet Label!

Array ( [post_title] => Canadian Printing Awards – Congratulations Jet Label! [post_content] =>

The Canadian Printing Awards is an annual event, currently in its 14th year, that celebrates the excellence and innovation of the printing industry in Canada.

The awards cover a wide range of print and printing-related categories, Industry Achievement, Print Design, Printing, Technology and Environmental.

The 2019 awards were presented at a gala event in Toronto and a total of 113 gold, silver and bronze awards were presented.

We are thrilled that the newest member of our ProMach Labeling & Coding family, Jet Label swept the awards in the Digital Label category, winning gold, silver and bronze.

Canadian Printing Awards – Congratulations Jet Label!

 

This is a fantastic achievement and all three Jet Label submissions would have been worthy of first place. Here is the gold award and the winning label, printed for Dog Island Brewing:

Canadian Printing Awards – Congratulations Jet Label!

To show just how consistent the Jet Label quality is, this isn’t the first time our colleagues have dominated the Digital Label category at the awards. Here are the gold, silver and bronze winners from 2018 – see a trend here?

Canadian Printing Awards – Congratulations Jet Label!

Jet Label is Western Canada’s largest supplier of high-quality labels (both digital and flexo) with large investments in equipment and a super team of motivated professionals. A great addition to the ProMach family.

With 7 label converting and printing plants across the United States and Canada, ProMach is your local label company with national reach and support. Combining our labels with ID Technology and EPI labeling equipment is the best way to ensure your products project the right image.

Want to get started improving your labels and labeling? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at david.holliday@promachbuilt.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

[post_excerpt] => The Canadian Printing Awards is an annual event, currently in its 14th year, that celebrates the excellence and innovation of the printing industry in Canada. The awards cover a wide range of print and printing-related categories, Industry Achievement, Print Design, Printing, Technology and Environmental. The 2019 awards were presented at a gala event in Toronto […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-11-08 22:12:39 [post_date] => 2019-11-08 22:12:39 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-11-08 22:12:39 [post_modified] => 2019-11-08 22:12:39 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5966 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/11/canadian-printing-awards-congratulations-jet-label/ [syndication_item_hash] => 688fde332c4ebb0e26d74b655a18f93e [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Product Coding for Protein Producers

Array ( [post_title] => Product Coding for Protein Producers [post_content] =>

Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes.

In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding and packaging equipment has to operate. Cold and wet conditions are the norm and any equipment brought into the plants needs to be able to handle this as well as washdown situations.

Traditionally continuous inkjet (CIJ) printers have been used for printing variable information onto meat and poultry packaging. These printers can usually handle the harsh conditions found on the packaging lines and also produce the print quality that is good enough for the applications. Thermal inkjet (TIJ) printers have not been used in the past due to the inks being unsuitable for use on the films used for the packaging.

inkjet printing for protein companies

Over the last few years, however, there have been great advances in the chemistry of inks for TIJ printing and today, this technology is proving to be very successful at printing onto the non-porous substrates used for protein packaging.

The ink cartridges used in thermal inkjet printers ensure that there is no need to have to deal with the MEK and other solvents used in other print technologies, such as CIJ. There is no need to deal with disposing of partially used ink or additive bottles.

With no cleaning cycle needed at startup or shutdown, a thermal inkjet printer is always ready to work.

The thermal inkjet coders provided by ProMach brands, Code Tech & ID Technology, are designed to be able to get the job done in these areas. They bring all the advantages of the thermal inkjet system but include models that are available in IP65 versions, perfect for producing excellent code quality every time, regardless of the environment.

 

Reduce Maintenance & Downtime

A thermal impact printer uses familiar HP type ink cartridges. This means that every time you change the cartridge, you effectively get a new printer.

As a bonus, should you need to change the color of your print, this is accomplished by simply replacing the ink cartridge with one of the required color.

Our TIJ printers come in versions that are built to IP65 environmental protection. This means that regardless of how dirty or wet the packaging environment, the printers will operate happily.

Exceptional Print Quality

With print resolutions of up to 600×600 DPI, thermal inkjet produces perfect prints every time, even when printing very small fonts or high-density barcodes.

Inks are available that are fast drying and durable to suit just about every packaging material.

Quick and Simple Installation and Integration

Thermal inkjet printers from ID Technology and Code Tech have a small footprint, making them easy to install in your parent packaging machine, even when multiple heads are needed.

Combined with the web handling and printer traversing expertise of the Greydon brand, printers from ProMach Labeling & Coding can be integrated with every type of flexible packaging machine.

Is TIJ Always the Best Technology to Use?

No, not always.

Thermal inkjet brings some important advantages, but there are times where an alternative technology such as CIJ printing, thermal transfer, laser or ink stamping might make sense. We happen to sell a complete range of coding technologies so we can work with you to help decide which is best for your unique needs.

Want to Get Started?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

[post_excerpt] => Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes. In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_date] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_modified] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5958 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/product-coding-for-protein-producers/ [syndication_item_hash] => bf79e38cb1b9f7707482459ba38d1477 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/washdown-codetech.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/washdown-codetech.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : inkjet printing for protein companies - inkjet printing for protein companies ON

Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes.

In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding and packaging equipment has to operate. Cold and wet conditions are the norm and any equipment brought into the plants needs to be able to handle this as well as washdown situations.

Traditionally continuous inkjet (CIJ) printers have been used for printing variable information onto meat and poultry packaging. These printers can usually handle the harsh conditions found on the packaging lines and also produce the print quality that is good enough for the applications. Thermal inkjet (TIJ) printers have not been used in the past due to the inks being unsuitable for use on the films used for the packaging.

inkjet printing for protein companies

Over the last few years, however, there have been great advances in the chemistry of inks for TIJ printing and today, this technology is proving to be very successful at printing onto the non-porous substrates used for protein packaging.

The ink cartridges used in thermal inkjet printers ensure that there is no need to have to deal with the MEK and other solvents used in other print technologies, such as CIJ. There is no need to deal with disposing of partially used ink or additive bottles.

With no cleaning cycle needed at startup or shutdown, a thermal inkjet printer is always ready to work.

The thermal inkjet coders provided by ProMach brands, Code Tech & ID Technology, are designed to be able to get the job done in these areas. They bring all the advantages of the thermal inkjet system but include models that are available in IP65 versions, perfect for producing excellent code quality every time, regardless of the environment.

 

Reduce Maintenance & Downtime

A thermal impact printer uses familiar HP type ink cartridges. This means that every time you change the cartridge, you effectively get a new printer.

As a bonus, should you need to change the color of your print, this is accomplished by simply replacing the ink cartridge with one of the required color.

Our TIJ printers come in versions that are built to IP65 environmental protection. This means that regardless of how dirty or wet the packaging environment, the printers will operate happily.

Exceptional Print Quality

With print resolutions of up to 600×600 DPI, thermal inkjet produces perfect prints every time, even when printing very small fonts or high-density barcodes.

Inks are available that are fast drying and durable to suit just about every packaging material.

Quick and Simple Installation and Integration

Thermal inkjet printers from ID Technology and Code Tech have a small footprint, making them easy to install in your parent packaging machine, even when multiple heads are needed.

Combined with the web handling and printer traversing expertise of the Greydon brand, printers from ProMach Labeling & Coding can be integrated with every type of flexible packaging machine.

Is TIJ Always the Best Technology to Use?

No, not always.

Thermal inkjet brings some important advantages, but there are times where an alternative technology such as CIJ printing, thermal transfer, laser or ink stamping might make sense. We happen to sell a complete range of coding technologies so we can work with you to help decide which is best for your unique needs.

Want to Get Started?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/tij-protein-samples.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/tij-protein-samples.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes.

In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding and packaging equipment has to operate. Cold and wet conditions are the norm and any equipment brought into the plants needs to be able to handle this as well as washdown situations.

Traditionally continuous inkjet (CIJ) printers have been used for printing variable information onto meat and poultry packaging. These printers can usually handle the harsh conditions found on the packaging lines and also produce the print quality that is good enough for the applications. Thermal inkjet (TIJ) printers have not been used in the past due to the inks being unsuitable for use on the films used for the packaging.

Product Coding for Protein Producers

Over the last few years, however, there have been great advances in the chemistry of inks for TIJ printing and today, this technology is proving to be very successful at printing onto the non-porous substrates used for protein packaging.

The ink cartridges used in thermal inkjet printers ensure that there is no need to have to deal with the MEK and other solvents used in other print technologies, such as CIJ. There is no need to deal with disposing of partially used ink or additive bottles.

With no cleaning cycle needed at startup or shutdown, a thermal inkjet printer is always ready to work.

The thermal inkjet coders provided by ProMach brands, Code Tech & ID Technology, are designed to be able to get the job done in these areas. They bring all the advantages of the thermal inkjet system but include models that are available in IP65 versions, perfect for producing excellent code quality every time, regardless of the environment.

 

Reduce Maintenance & Downtime

A thermal impact printer uses familiar HP type ink cartridges. This means that every time you change the cartridge, you effectively get a new printer.

As a bonus, should you need to change the color of your print, this is accomplished by simply replacing the ink cartridge with one of the required color.

Our TIJ printers come in versions that are built to IP65 environmental protection. This means that regardless of how dirty or wet the packaging environment, the printers will operate happily.

Exceptional Print Quality

With print resolutions of up to 600×600 DPI, thermal inkjet produces perfect prints every time, even when printing very small fonts or high-density barcodes.

Inks are available that are fast drying and durable to suit just about every packaging material.

Quick and Simple Installation and Integration

Thermal inkjet printers from ID Technology and Code Tech have a small footprint, making them easy to install in your parent packaging machine, even when multiple heads are needed.

Combined with the web handling and printer traversing expertise of the Greydon brand, printers from ProMach Labeling & Coding can be integrated with every type of flexible packaging machine.

Is TIJ Always the Best Technology to Use?

No, not always.

Thermal inkjet brings some important advantages, but there are times where an alternative technology such as CIJ printing, thermal transfer, laser or ink stamping might make sense. We happen to sell a complete range of coding technologies so we can work with you to help decide which is best for your unique needs.

Want to Get Started?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/product-coding-for-protein-producers/ [syndication_item_hash] => bf79e38cb1b9f7707482459ba38d1477 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Product Coding for Protein Producers

Array ( [post_title] => Product Coding for Protein Producers [post_content] =>

Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes.

In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding and packaging equipment has to operate. Cold and wet conditions are the norm and any equipment brought into the plants needs to be able to handle this as well as washdown situations.

Traditionally continuous inkjet (CIJ) printers have been used for printing variable information onto meat and poultry packaging. These printers can usually handle the harsh conditions found on the packaging lines and also produce the print quality that is good enough for the applications. Thermal inkjet (TIJ) printers have not been used in the past due to the inks being unsuitable for use on the films used for the packaging.

Product Coding for Protein Producers

Over the last few years, however, there have been great advances in the chemistry of inks for TIJ printing and today, this technology is proving to be very successful at printing onto the non-porous substrates used for protein packaging.Product Coding for Protein Producers

The ink cartridges used in thermal inkjet printers ensure that there is no need to have to deal with the MEK and other solvents used in other print technologies, such as CIJ. There is no need to deal with disposing of partially used ink or additive bottles.

With no cleaning cycle needed at startup or shutdown, a thermal inkjet printer is always ready to work.

The thermal inkjet coders provided by ProMach brands, Code Tech & ID Technology, are designed to be able to get the job done in these areas. They bring all the advantages of the thermal inkjet system but include models that are available in IP65 versions, perfect for producing excellent code quality every time, regardless of the environment.

 

Reduce Maintenance & Downtime

A thermal impact printer uses familiar HP type ink cartridges. This means that every time you change the cartridge, you effectively get a new printer.

As a bonus, should you need to change the color of your print, this is accomplished by simply replacing the ink cartridge with one of the required color.

Our TIJ printers come in versions that are built to IP65 environmental protection. This means that regardless of how dirty or wet the packaging environment, the printers will operate happily.

Exceptional Print Quality

With print resolutions of up to 600×600 DPI, thermal inkjet produces perfect prints every time, even when printing very small fonts or high-density barcodes.

Inks are available that are fast drying and durable to suit just about every packaging material.

Quick and Simple Installation and Integration

Thermal inkjet printers from ID Technology and Code Tech have a small footprint, making them easy to install in your parent packaging machine, even when multiple heads are needed.

Combined with the web handling and printer traversing expertise of the Greydon brand, printers from ProMach Labeling & Coding can be integrated with every type of flexible packaging machine.

Is TIJ Always the Best Technology to Use?

No, not always.

Thermal inkjet brings some important advantages, but there are times where an alternative technology such as CIJ printing, thermal transfer, laser or ink stamping might make sense. We happen to sell a complete range of coding technologies so we can work with you to help decide which is best for your unique needs.

Want to Get Started?

How can you start improving your own packaging coding? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com We’ll get you in touch with one of our local experts right away.

[post_excerpt] => Regardless of package type, companies that produce meat or poultry products need to add variable information to the package. This includes date and lot codes, establishment codes, regulatory agency logos, and increasingly barcodes. In many industries, this is quite straightforward, but for protein companies, there is the added complication of the environment in which coding […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_date] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_modified] => 2019-08-07 14:47:49 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5958 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/product-coding-for-protein-producers/ [syndication_item_hash] => bf79e38cb1b9f7707482459ba38d1477 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Array ( [post_title] => Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link [post_content] =>

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!
[post_excerpt] => Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011. The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_date] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_modified] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5952 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/customer-engagement-and-more-gs1-digital-link/ [syndication_item_hash] => 1e5148b5aacb103170db86cec5f4b5cf ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-HEADER.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-HEADER.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/LNPodcastImage-150x150.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/LNPodcastImage-150x150.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-gtin.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-gtin.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-sgtin.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-sgtin.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-gtin-other-data.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/GS1DL-gtin-other-data.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/customer-engagement-and-more-gs1-digital-link/ [syndication_item_hash] => 1e5148b5aacb103170db86cec5f4b5cf )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Array ( [post_title] => Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link [post_content] =>

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011.

The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by those little barcodes.

This all seemed quite exciting, but QR codes got old quickly and the concept seemed to fade away.

Fast forward to today and there is renewed interest in using packaging to actively engage with customers.

Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link

Listen to our GS1 Digital Link Podcast

Traditional ways to communicate to customers such as TV and print advertising are not performing as well as In the past.  These are also a one-way form of communication, yelling a message at consumers – no wonder they don’t work as well as in the past. In addition, engagement on a brand’s social media pages is in decline as well. What is a marketer to do?

As a result of all this, brand owners have a renewed interest trying to set up a direct connection to their customers based on the product packaging – the package is potentially the ultimate marketing tool.
Enter smart packaging – a means to allow brands to connect directly with their customers. Generally, a smart package will allow the customer to scan a barcode (yes, usually a QR Code) and be connected to an interactive website.

So QR codes are back – a lot of brands are using them – some quite creatively

Currently, there isn’t a standard to use QR codes  (or any type of barcode) for customer engagement so brands are tending to encode them in different ways – often just a URL, sometimes other data.
Of course, the package’s UPC  barcode still needs to be there so most items would have to have multiple barcodes – rather messy and takes up more space on the package.
The product UPC codes scanned at the point of sale haven’t really changed in the 45 years since the concept was introduced.

Wouldn’t it be great if, rather than have multiple barcodes on a package, a single one could contain the UPC data, weblink for customer engagement? Maybe we can!

Last year GS1 our favorite standards organization came out with a new concept: GS1 Digital Link.

While the name might not be too exciting, Digital Link has the potential to revolutionize how barcoding is used, to add true customer engagement and to (yes really) provide item-level serialization and traceability.
For primary packaging (what we would buy in a store), GS1’s barcoding is built around the concept of the Global Trade Item Number – GTIN. This is what is encoded in the common UPC barcode that is scanned at the checkout.
The GTIN in the item barcode basically consists of a company prefix and an SKU or stock keeping unit number. The GTIN identifies a type of product – a 12oz can of Pepsi Cola or an 8 oz bag of salt n vinegar Lay’s chips for example. Every item sold at retail and many other products that use the GS1 system (such as pharmaceutical or medical products) has a GTIN.
It is important to note that a GTIN doesn’t identify an individual item – every 12oz can of Pepsi will have the same GTIN.
Also, no additional data can be encoded in the product barcode – only the 12 digit UPC in the US or 13 digit EAN code internationally. This is why additional barcodes must currently be added to a package in the event a brand owner wants to encode more data.
Traditionally, barcodes in the GS1 system have been used in the supply chain from manufacturer to point of sale. They lose their usefulness once the product has been sold. GS1 Digital Link promises to extend the reach of the GS1 system all the way from the manufacturer to consumer and to provide a means of interaction between the brand owner and the consumer.

So how does it work?

For the first time, GS1 is allowing a 2D QR barcode to be used as the barcode for point of sale.
Encoded within the barcode is a URI (unique resource identifier – an example of which is the familiar website URLs we use every day) and a number of other possible data fields that include:
GTIN
Lot number
Serial number
The expiration date and many more
Some examples:
Note, the examples use the domain id.gs1.org, but brand owners can use their own domains.
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
Customer Engagement and More – GS1 Digital Link
An interesting addition to the new specification is that the data fields can be identified by either using the familiar GS1 Application Identifiers (AI) or by text identifiers. Note that this is only a quick intro, so check out the GS1 Digital Link specification to get complete information.
  The ability to include all this data in one barcode means that only one barcode needs to be printed on the package and it can be used for point of sale, traceability, anti-counterfeit and for customer engagement by sending a consumer who scans the code to an interactive website.
GS1 Digital Link could prove to be the biggest revolution in barcoding since the first code was scanned in a store 45 years ago.

When will this start?

It is going to take a while and we can expect to see both traditional UPC codes and the new QR codes used side by side until the infrastructure is in place to handle the new 2D barcodes.
 A survey carried out by the food marketing institute found that in the US nearly 40% of POS scanners are capable of reading 2D codes today and that will increase to about 55% by 2022.
The POS systems to handle the data are running somewhat behind, with an estimated 20% of systems being able to handle this data.
There is clearly a ways to go.
In the same survey, stakeholders saw the advantages of switching to data-rich solutions such as follows:
60% stated better inventory accuracy
40% stated better customer engagement
36% stated anti-counterfeit
35% stated improved recall control
33% stated expiration date control
* Yes, people could choose more than one.
Finally, 85% of stakeholders see 3-5 years to get a higher data density solution to the current UPC established.
So there is certainly a lot of interest in GS1 Digital Link. While I’ve discussed the use of QR codes in this podcast, other data carriers that could be used (and be very interesting) are NFC RFID tags and the Digimarc system that turns the complete package into the barcode. Digimarc will be the topic of a future podcast.
Should be interesting days ahead.
How can we help you meet your objectives for your labeling and barcode operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!
[post_excerpt] => Using barcodes on packages for customer engagement? This idea is certainly not new – here is a link to a Packaging World article on this very topic from 2011. The article specifically mentioned that QR codes would provide the ability to download coupons, enter contests, play games, and other fun activities – all powered by […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_date] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_modified] => 2019-08-05 18:10:41 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5952 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/08/customer-engagement-and-more-gs1-digital-link/ [syndication_item_hash] => 1e5148b5aacb103170db86cec5f4b5cf [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

End of Parts & Service – SATO Printers

Array ( [post_title] => End of Parts & Service – SATO Printers [post_content] =>

As companies improve their products and introduce new models, earlier generations are discontinued and eventually can no longer be supported.

I recently received a reminder from SATO that some of their legacy models have reached the end of their service/support period.

Included are the following models:

SATO EOS

 

You can see the original SATO end of service notice here: SATO EOS Doc

Most users of these printers have already upgraded to current models, but if you happen to still be using any of these models, please note that by the end of August, service will end and spare parts will be limited until the end of the year, after which they can’t be ordered.

What Should You Do?

If you do use any of these discontinued printers, it is best to upgrade to a new  SATO CLNX printer. The new model has a lot of advantages and is designed to be a simple replacement for older printers. SATO also has a special trade-in program for the legacy printers that you can take advantage of. ID Technology can help you with every step of this process.

Want to Get Started?

Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with one of our labeling experts, right in your area.

[post_excerpt] => As companies improve their products and introduce new models, earlier generations are discontinued and eventually can no longer be supported. I recently received a reminder from SATO that some of their legacy models have reached the end of their service/support period. Included are the following models:   You can see the original SATO end of […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_date] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_modified] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5948 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/07/end-of-parts-service-sato-printers/ [syndication_item_hash] => ad8095d3f74bd5de50bcb5355c1f6d3e ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/SATO-end-support-1.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/SATO-end-support-1.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : SATO EOS - SATO EOS ON

As companies improve their products and introduce new models, earlier generations are discontinued and eventually can no longer be supported.

I recently received a reminder from SATO that some of their legacy models have reached the end of their service/support period.

Included are the following models:

SATO EOS

 

You can see the original SATO end of service notice here: SATO EOS Doc

Most users of these printers have already upgraded to current models, but if you happen to still be using any of these models, please note that by the end of August, service will end and spare parts will be limited until the end of the year, after which they can’t be ordered.

What Should You Do?

If you do use any of these discontinued printers, it is best to upgrade to a new  SATO CLNX printer. The new model has a lot of advantages and is designed to be a simple replacement for older printers. SATO also has a special trade-in program for the legacy printers that you can take advantage of. ID Technology can help you with every step of this process.

Want to Get Started?

Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with one of our labeling experts, right in your area.

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/07/end-of-parts-service-sato-printers/ [syndication_item_hash] => ad8095d3f74bd5de50bcb5355c1f6d3e )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :End of Parts & Service – SATO Printers

Array ( [post_title] => End of Parts & Service – SATO Printers [post_content] =>

As companies improve their products and introduce new models, earlier generations are discontinued and eventually can no longer be supported.

I recently received a reminder from SATO that some of their legacy models have reached the end of their service/support period.

Included are the following models:

End of Parts & Service – SATO Printers

 

You can see the original SATO end of service notice here: SATO EOS Doc

Most users of these printers have already upgraded to current models, but if you happen to still be using any of these models, please note that by the end of August, service will end and spare parts will be limited until the end of the year, after which they can’t be ordered.

What Should You Do?

If you do use any of these discontinued printers, it is best to upgrade to a new  SATO CLNX printer. The new model has a lot of advantages and is designed to be a simple replacement for older printers. SATO also has a special trade-in program for the legacy printers that you can take advantage of. ID Technology can help you with every step of this process.

Want to Get Started?

Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with one of our labeling experts, right in your area.

[post_excerpt] => As companies improve their products and introduce new models, earlier generations are discontinued and eventually can no longer be supported. I recently received a reminder from SATO that some of their legacy models have reached the end of their service/support period. Included are the following models:   You can see the original SATO end of […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_date] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_modified] => 2019-07-08 13:43:26 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5948 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/07/end-of-parts-service-sato-printers/ [syndication_item_hash] => ad8095d3f74bd5de50bcb5355c1f6d3e [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability

Array ( [post_title] => Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability [post_content] =>

The Labeling News PodcastOur most recent podcast covered two topics:

The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets.

In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding can help companies meet their sustainability goals.

Before this, there is a quick update on the Loop circular packaging system. Kroger is now a Loop partner here in the US as well as Walgreens. I’m still somewhat skeptical about this, but it does seem to be making progress.

Loop Waste Free Packaging Concept

On the topic of lasers for coding and marking products, Macsa has a very complete line up of laser systems for just about every application – see more info here: https://www.idtechnology.com/products/coding-solutions/laser-coders/

Laser Coding Can Help Meet Sustainability Targets

In the podcast, we discuss how laser coding allows for permanent prints to be added to all kinds of products. Lasers use no inks or solvents, making them an environmentally friendly way to add date and traceability codes as well as barcodes to many types of packaging materials.

Listen to the podcast here: Labeling News Podcast Episode 5   or search for Labeling News at Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

 

[post_excerpt] => Our most recent podcast covered two topics: The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets. In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_date] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_modified] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5942 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/podcast-lasers-and-sustainability/ [syndication_item_hash] => 0b8ad6117407d36c3ba725c7ac734c57 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/PodcastThumbblog-150x150.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/PodcastThumbblog-150x150.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : The Labeling News Podcast - The Labeling News Podcast ON

The Labeling News PodcastOur most recent podcast covered two topics:

The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets.

In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding can help companies meet their sustainability goals.

Before this, there is a quick update on the Loop circular packaging system. Kroger is now a Loop partner here in the US as well as Walgreens. I’m still somewhat skeptical about this, but it does seem to be making progress.

Loop Waste Free Packaging Concept

On the topic of lasers for coding and marking products, Macsa has a very complete line up of laser systems for just about every application – see more info here: https://www.idtechnology.com/products/coding-solutions/laser-coders/

Laser Coding Can Help Meet Sustainability Targets

In the podcast, we discuss how laser coding allows for permanent prints to be added to all kinds of products. Lasers use no inks or solvents, making them an environmentally friendly way to add date and traceability codes as well as barcodes to many types of packaging materials.

Listen to the podcast here: Labeling News Podcast Episode 5   or search for Labeling News at Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

 

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Loop-Packaging-Concept.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Loop-Packaging-Concept.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Podcast – Lasers and SustainabilityOur most recent podcast covered two topics:

The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets.

In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding can help companies meet their sustainability goals.

Before this, there is a quick update on the Loop circular packaging system. Kroger is now a Loop partner here in the US as well as Walgreens. I’m still somewhat skeptical about this, but it does seem to be making progress.

Loop Waste Free Packaging Concept

On the topic of lasers for coding and marking products, Macsa has a very complete line up of laser systems for just about every application – see more info here: https://www.idtechnology.com/products/coding-solutions/laser-coders/

Laser Coding Can Help Meet Sustainability Targets

In the podcast, we discuss how laser coding allows for permanent prints to be added to all kinds of products. Lasers use no inks or solvents, making them an environmentally friendly way to add date and traceability codes as well as barcodes to many types of packaging materials.

Listen to the podcast here: Labeling News Podcast Episode 5   or search for Labeling News at Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

 

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/lasers-sustainabilty.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/lasers-sustainabilty.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Podcast – Lasers and SustainabilityOur most recent podcast covered two topics:

The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets.

In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding can help companies meet their sustainability goals.

Before this, there is a quick update on the Loop circular packaging system. Kroger is now a Loop partner here in the US as well as Walgreens. I’m still somewhat skeptical about this, but it does seem to be making progress.

Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability

Loop Waste Free Packaging Concept

On the topic of lasers for coding and marking products, Macsa has a very complete line up of laser systems for just about every application – see more info here: https://www.idtechnology.com/products/coding-solutions/laser-coders/

Laser Coding Can Help Meet Sustainability Targets

In the podcast, we discuss how laser coding allows for permanent prints to be added to all kinds of products. Lasers use no inks or solvents, making them an environmentally friendly way to add date and traceability codes as well as barcodes to many types of packaging materials.

Listen to the podcast here: Labeling News Podcast Episode 5   or search for Labeling News at Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

 

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/podcast-lasers-and-sustainability/ [syndication_item_hash] => 0b8ad6117407d36c3ba725c7ac734c57 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability

Array ( [post_title] => Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability [post_content] =>

Podcast – Lasers and SustainabilityOur most recent podcast covered two topics:

The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets.

In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding can help companies meet their sustainability goals.

Before this, there is a quick update on the Loop circular packaging system. Kroger is now a Loop partner here in the US as well as Walgreens. I’m still somewhat skeptical about this, but it does seem to be making progress.

Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability

Loop Waste Free Packaging Concept

On the topic of lasers for coding and marking products, Macsa has a very complete line up of laser systems for just about every application – see more info here: https://www.idtechnology.com/products/coding-solutions/laser-coders/

Podcast – Lasers and Sustainability

Laser Coding Can Help Meet Sustainability Targets

In the podcast, we discuss how laser coding allows for permanent prints to be added to all kinds of products. Lasers use no inks or solvents, making them an environmentally friendly way to add date and traceability codes as well as barcodes to many types of packaging materials.

Listen to the podcast here: Labeling News Podcast Episode 5   or search for Labeling News at Apple Podcasts or Spotify.

 

[post_excerpt] => Our most recent podcast covered two topics: The Loop waste-free packaging concept and how laser coding can help brands meet their sustainability targets. In this episode I take advantage of a visit to Macsa ID in Barcelona, to chat with Macsa’s CEO Jordi Pinot on the topic of sustainability in packaging and how laser coding […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_date] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_modified] => 2019-06-20 12:43:21 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5942 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/podcast-lasers-and-sustainability/ [syndication_item_hash] => 0b8ad6117407d36c3ba725c7ac734c57 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping Cases

Array ( [post_title] => Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping Cases [post_content] =>

Using inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow.

Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when it comes to installing inkjet systems for printing barcodes, text and graphics onto corrugated cases. We are a founding distributor of the FoxJet ProSeries system and have won the prestigious Regency Award for top FoxJet distributor for 14 consecutive years.

If there is one thing we’ve learned over this time, it’s that having good product handling is as important as having good printing equipment for getting the high-quality, compliant GS1 barcodes that customers demand. If the boxes are not presented consistently and accurately to the printheads, this will show in poor print quality and in particular will not allow high-quality barcodes to be printed.

To help educate users on best practices for product handling, our friends at FoxJet recently produced a detailed whitepaper on this topic that goes over many of the issues that are important to ensure great quality printing every time.

FoxJet ProSeries Printers

The whitepaper the transition from the case taper or sealer to the conveyor where the barcode printers are installed as being an area of crucial importance. Because space is often limited on packaging lines, the printheads often have to be installed very close to the exit of the case sealer. Some important factors are:

Carton Control – Proximity to the Printhead

It is important that after leaving the case sealer, the boxes are correctly presented the correct distance from the printheads. The drops of ink that are fired from the printheads can only travel a short distance while maintaining accuracy. If the box is too far away, print quality will decline and if so close it hits the printhead, damage might occur.

Be sure to control the boxes gently so that the boxes are undamaged as they pass through your packaging processes.

It’s best to use guide rails to accurately control the position of the box and even better use in conjunction with FoxJet’s retracting printhead brackets. This bracket uses a roller allow the printhead to be the correct distance from the box every time.

Product/Conveyor Speed

Ensure that boxes leaving your case sealer are traveling at a speed that is within the limits of your inkjet printer. Our FoxJet ProSeries printheads are able to print high-quality text, barcodes and images at up to 300ft per minute, which is enough for all but the fastest production lines.

Angel Hair

No, we are not talking pasta here! Some case sealing machines use hot melt adhesive to hold the flaps on the boxes closed. At times the adhesive applicators can leave a stringy residue behind that can get stuck to the printheads and block the tiny nozzles. Dust from the corrugated boxes can be bad too – be sure to regularly clean your packaging equipment and the printheads.

Vibrations

Good quality printing depends on the boxes being transferred smoothly past the printheads. Make sure your conveyor belt runs smoothly and that you are not dropping boxes onto the conveyor where the printheads are mounted. We’ve seen this happen and the results are not always pretty!

Best Practice of All

The best way to get the best labeling or coding for your shipping cases is to connect with your local ID Technology representative. With many years of experience, combined with the case packing, sealing and product handling of ProMach, we are able to help you determine the best solution for all your case coding or labeling needs.

How can ID Technology and ProMach help you meet your objectives for your packaging barcode and coding operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

[post_excerpt] => Using inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow. Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_date] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_modified] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5937 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/product-handling-considerations-for-barcoding-on-shipping-cases/ [syndication_item_hash] => 380c6e3d4f6ebf63ea44ce5e8d7bf988 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/warehouse-pallets.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/warehouse-pallets.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Using inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow.

Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when it comes to installing inkjet systems for printing barcodes, text and graphics onto corrugated cases. We are a founding distributor of the FoxJet ProSeries system and have won the prestigious Regency Award for top FoxJet distributor for 14 consecutive years.

If there is one thing we’ve learned over this time, it’s that having good product handling is as important as having good printing equipment for getting the high-quality, compliant GS1 barcodes that customers demand. If the boxes are not presented consistently and accurately to the printheads, this will show in poor print quality and in particular will not allow high-quality barcodes to be printed.

To help educate users on best practices for product handling, our friends at FoxJet recently produced a detailed whitepaper on this topic that goes over many of the issues that are important to ensure great quality printing every time.

FoxJet ProSeries Printers

The whitepaper the transition from the case taper or sealer to the conveyor where the barcode printers are installed as being an area of crucial importance. Because space is often limited on packaging lines, the printheads often have to be installed very close to the exit of the case sealer. Some important factors are:

Carton Control – Proximity to the Printhead

It is important that after leaving the case sealer, the boxes are correctly presented the correct distance from the printheads. The drops of ink that are fired from the printheads can only travel a short distance while maintaining accuracy. If the box is too far away, print quality will decline and if so close it hits the printhead, damage might occur.

Be sure to control the boxes gently so that the boxes are undamaged as they pass through your packaging processes.

It’s best to use guide rails to accurately control the position of the box and even better use in conjunction with FoxJet’s retracting printhead brackets. This bracket uses a roller allow the printhead to be the correct distance from the box every time.

Product/Conveyor Speed

Ensure that boxes leaving your case sealer are traveling at a speed that is within the limits of your inkjet printer. Our FoxJet ProSeries printheads are able to print high-quality text, barcodes and images at up to 300ft per minute, which is enough for all but the fastest production lines.

Angel Hair

No, we are not talking pasta here! Some case sealing machines use hot melt adhesive to hold the flaps on the boxes closed. At times the adhesive applicators can leave a stringy residue behind that can get stuck to the printheads and block the tiny nozzles. Dust from the corrugated boxes can be bad too – be sure to regularly clean your packaging equipment and the printheads.

Vibrations

Good quality printing depends on the boxes being transferred smoothly past the printheads. Make sure your conveyor belt runs smoothly and that you are not dropping boxes onto the conveyor where the printheads are mounted. We’ve seen this happen and the results are not always pretty!

Best Practice of All

The best way to get the best labeling or coding for your shipping cases is to connect with your local ID Technology representative. With many years of experience, combined with the case packing, sealing and product handling of ProMach, we are able to help you determine the best solution for all your case coding or labeling needs.

How can ID Technology and ProMach help you meet your objectives for your packaging barcode and coding operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/FJ-WP.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/FJ-WP.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping CasesUsing inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow.

Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when it comes to installing inkjet systems for printing barcodes, text and graphics onto corrugated cases. We are a founding distributor of the FoxJet ProSeries system and have won the prestigious Regency Award for top FoxJet distributor for 14 consecutive years.

If there is one thing we’ve learned over this time, it’s that having good product handling is as important as having good printing equipment for getting the high-quality, compliant GS1 barcodes that customers demand. If the boxes are not presented consistently and accurately to the printheads, this will show in poor print quality and in particular will not allow high-quality barcodes to be printed.

To help educate users on best practices for product handling, our friends at FoxJet recently produced a detailed whitepaper on this topic that goes over many of the issues that are important to ensure great quality printing every time.

FoxJet ProSeries Printers

The whitepaper the transition from the case taper or sealer to the conveyor where the barcode printers are installed as being an area of crucial importance. Because space is often limited on packaging lines, the printheads often have to be installed very close to the exit of the case sealer. Some important factors are:

Carton Control – Proximity to the Printhead

It is important that after leaving the case sealer, the boxes are correctly presented the correct distance from the printheads. The drops of ink that are fired from the printheads can only travel a short distance while maintaining accuracy. If the box is too far away, print quality will decline and if so close it hits the printhead, damage might occur.

Be sure to control the boxes gently so that the boxes are undamaged as they pass through your packaging processes.

It’s best to use guide rails to accurately control the position of the box and even better use in conjunction with FoxJet’s retracting printhead brackets. This bracket uses a roller allow the printhead to be the correct distance from the box every time.

Product/Conveyor Speed

Ensure that boxes leaving your case sealer are traveling at a speed that is within the limits of your inkjet printer. Our FoxJet ProSeries printheads are able to print high-quality text, barcodes and images at up to 300ft per minute, which is enough for all but the fastest production lines.

Angel Hair

No, we are not talking pasta here! Some case sealing machines use hot melt adhesive to hold the flaps on the boxes closed. At times the adhesive applicators can leave a stringy residue behind that can get stuck to the printheads and block the tiny nozzles. Dust from the corrugated boxes can be bad too – be sure to regularly clean your packaging equipment and the printheads.

Vibrations

Good quality printing depends on the boxes being transferred smoothly past the printheads. Make sure your conveyor belt runs smoothly and that you are not dropping boxes onto the conveyor where the printheads are mounted. We’ve seen this happen and the results are not always pretty!

Best Practice of All

The best way to get the best labeling or coding for your shipping cases is to connect with your local ID Technology representative. With many years of experience, combined with the case packing, sealing and product handling of ProMach, we are able to help you determine the best solution for all your case coding or labeling needs.

How can ID Technology and ProMach help you meet your objectives for your packaging barcode and coding operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Local save:http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/proseries.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : http://www.labelingnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/proseries.jpg

Image exists, checking for same file size

Replacing images : - ON

Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping CasesUsing inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow.

Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when it comes to installing inkjet systems for printing barcodes, text and graphics onto corrugated cases. We are a founding distributor of the Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping CasesFoxJet ProSeries system and have won the prestigious Regency Award for top FoxJet distributor for 14 consecutive years.

If there is one thing we’ve learned over this time, it’s that having good product handling is as important as having good printing equipment for getting the high-quality, compliant GS1 barcodes that customers demand. If the boxes are not presented consistently and accurately to the printheads, this will show in poor print quality and in particular will not allow high-quality barcodes to be printed.

To help educate users on best practices for product handling, our friends at FoxJet recently produced a detailed whitepaper on this topic that goes over many of the issues that are important to ensure great quality printing every time.

FoxJet ProSeries Printers

The whitepaper the transition from the case taper or sealer to the conveyor where the barcode printers are installed as being an area of crucial importance. Because space is often limited on packaging lines, the printheads often have to be installed very close to the exit of the case sealer. Some important factors are:

Carton Control – Proximity to the Printhead

It is important that after leaving the case sealer, the boxes are correctly presented the correct distance from the printheads. The drops of ink that are fired from the printheads can only travel a short distance while maintaining accuracy. If the box is too far away, print quality will decline and if so close it hits the printhead, damage might occur.

Be sure to control the boxes gently so that the boxes are undamaged as they pass through your packaging processes.

It’s best to use guide rails to accurately control the position of the box and even better use in conjunction with FoxJet’s retracting printhead brackets. This bracket uses a roller allow the printhead to be the correct distance from the box every time.

Product/Conveyor Speed

Ensure that boxes leaving your case sealer are traveling at a speed that is within the limits of your inkjet printer. Our FoxJet ProSeries printheads are able to print high-quality text, barcodes and images at up to 300ft per minute, which is enough for all but the fastest production lines.

Angel Hair

No, we are not talking pasta here! Some case sealing machines use hot melt adhesive to hold the flaps on the boxes closed. At times the adhesive applicators can leave a stringy residue behind that can get stuck to the printheads and block the tiny nozzles. Dust from the corrugated boxes can be bad too – be sure to regularly clean your packaging equipment and the printheads.

Vibrations

Good quality printing depends on the boxes being transferred smoothly past the printheads. Make sure your conveyor belt runs smoothly and that you are not dropping boxes onto the conveyor where the printheads are mounted. We’ve seen this happen and the results are not always pretty!

Best Practice of All

The best way to get the best labeling or coding for your shipping cases is to connect with your local ID Technology representative. With many years of experience, combined with the case packing, sealing and product handling of ProMach, we are able to help you determine the best solution for all your case coding or labeling needs.

How can ID Technology and ProMach help you meet your objectives for your packaging barcode and coding operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/product-handling-considerations-for-barcoding-on-shipping-cases/ [syndication_item_hash] => 380c6e3d4f6ebf63ea44ce5e8d7bf988 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping Cases

Array ( [post_title] => Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping Cases [post_content] =>

Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping CasesUsing inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow.

Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when it comes to installing inkjet systems for printing barcodes, text and graphics onto corrugated cases. We are a founding distributor of the Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping CasesFoxJet ProSeries system and have won the prestigious Regency Award for top FoxJet distributor for 14 consecutive years.

If there is one thing we’ve learned over this time, it’s that having good product handling is as important as having good printing equipment for getting the high-quality, compliant GS1 barcodes that customers demand. If the boxes are not presented consistently and accurately to the printheads, this will show in poor print quality and in particular will not allow high-quality barcodes to be printed.

To help educate users on best practices for product handling, our friends at FoxJet recently produced a detailed whitepaper on this topic that goes over many of the issues that are important to ensure great quality printing every time.

Product Handling Considerations for Barcoding on Shipping Cases

FoxJet ProSeries Printers

The whitepaper the transition from the case taper or sealer to the conveyor where the barcode printers are installed as being an area of crucial importance. Because space is often limited on packaging lines, the printheads often have to be installed very close to the exit of the case sealer. Some important factors are:

Carton Control – Proximity to the Printhead

It is important that after leaving the case sealer, the boxes are correctly presented the correct distance from the printheads. The drops of ink that are fired from the printheads can only travel a short distance while maintaining accuracy. If the box is too far away, print quality will decline and if so close it hits the printhead, damage might occur.

Be sure to control the boxes gently so that the boxes are undamaged as they pass through your packaging processes.

It’s best to use guide rails to accurately control the position of the box and even better use in conjunction with FoxJet’s retracting printhead brackets. This bracket uses a roller allow the printhead to be the correct distance from the box every time.

Product/Conveyor Speed

Ensure that boxes leaving your case sealer are traveling at a speed that is within the limits of your inkjet printer. Our FoxJet ProSeries printheads are able to print high-quality text, barcodes and images at up to 300ft per minute, which is enough for all but the fastest production lines.

Angel Hair

No, we are not talking pasta here! Some case sealing machines use hot melt adhesive to hold the flaps on the boxes closed. At times the adhesive applicators can leave a stringy residue behind that can get stuck to the printheads and block the tiny nozzles. Dust from the corrugated boxes can be bad too – be sure to regularly clean your packaging equipment and the printheads.

Vibrations

Good quality printing depends on the boxes being transferred smoothly past the printheads. Make sure your conveyor belt runs smoothly and that you are not dropping boxes onto the conveyor where the printheads are mounted. We’ve seen this happen and the results are not always pretty!

Best Practice of All

The best way to get the best labeling or coding for your shipping cases is to connect with your local ID Technology representative. With many years of experience, combined with the case packing, sealing and product handling of ProMach, we are able to help you determine the best solution for all your case coding or labeling needs.

How can ID Technology and ProMach help you meet your objectives for your packaging barcode and coding operations? Contact us today at 888-438-3242 Option#3. You can also email me at dholliday@idtechnology.com. We’ll be sure to get you in touch with an expert, right in your area!

[post_excerpt] => Using inkjet printers to add variable information to shipping cases, is increasing in popularity. Using this technique can dramatically reduce the number of pre-printed items that need to be managed and fit into company efforts to increase digitalization and move to a lean workflow. Here at ID Technology, we have a lot of experience when […] [post_date_gmt] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_date] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_modified] => 2019-06-18 21:03:04 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => http://www.labelingnews.com/?p=5937 [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Labeling News [syndication_source_uri] => http://www.labelingnews.com [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/labelingnews/HCzq [syndication_feed_id] => 12 [syndication_permalink] => http://www.labelingnews.com/2019/06/product-handling-considerations-for-barcoding-on-shipping-cases/ [syndication_item_hash] => 380c6e3d4f6ebf63ea44ce5e8d7bf988 [faf_featured_image] => 0 [faf_process_image] => 0,0,0 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( [0] => 1625 ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )


Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedlink.class.php on line 302

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedlink.class.php on line 302

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedlink.class.php on line 302

Warning: count(): Parameter must be an array or an object that implements Countable in /homepages/41/d79740523/htdocs/converternews/wp-content/plugins/feedwordpress/syndicatedlink.class.php on line 302

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Peanut butter on tap?

Array ( [post_title] => Peanut butter on tap? [post_content] =>

Last year Thornton’s Budgens worked with A Plastic Planet to introduce the world’s first Plastic Free Zones in the store.
Independent U.K. supermarket offers new Unpackaged line of up to 200 everyday essentials on-tap, complementing its Plastic Free Zones, which include 2,380 products in non-plastic packaging.

In what it says is a bid to slash plastic pollution, independent U.K. Supermarket Thornton’s Budgens in Belsize Park, a London Borough of Camden England, has introduced peanut butter on tap. Shoppers visiting the store will now have to buy reusable glass jars and fill them with the product, as well as other everyday essentials such as milk and orange juice.

The move comes as Thornton’s Budgens launches its new plastic-free Unpackaged range of 200 products in collaboration with environmental campaign group A Plastic Planet. Items include loose pulses, beans, grains, and seeds.

Visitors to the Thornton’s Budgens store will also be able to choose from an extended range of vegan and gluten-free foods packaged in plastic-free materials. Ethical Fairtrade coffee served in plastic-free cups will be on offer, and shoppers will be able to buy plastic-free personal care products, including loose soaps, shampoos, and shower gels.

Last year Thornton’s Budgens worked with A Plastic Planet to introduce the world’s first Plastic FreeZones in the store. The zones saw some 1,800 products traditionally packaged in plastic replaced with alternatives such as beechwood netting and coconut bowls. (Updated figures include 2,380 products in early September 2019 and is aiming for 3,000 by year end.) In March 2019, the business reported a 4% weekly sales increase on the back of the introduction of the zones.

Thornton’s Budgens founder Andrew Thornton believes the move is set to be replicated by supermarkets across the world.“Last year we were blown away by the international reaction when we launched our Plastic Free Zones. The new Unpackaged range represents the evolution of this,” he says “Our shoppers love our plastic-free packaging.

“But this is just the beginning. There is no end to our plastic-free ambition. I passionately believe the future of supermarket shopping in the 2020s will be without the toxic material that has done such damage to our planet and ourselves.”

Says A Plastic Planet co-founder Sian Sutherland, “We are very proud of our partnership with Thornton’s Budgens. It has consistently proven that selling plastic-free is not just good for the planet, but good for business.

“People finally have real choice now, and they are voting with their wallets here. After all the pledges and plastic promises from many of the larger supermarkets, it is great to work with a leader who believes in people, planet, and profit—in that order.”

The Unpackaged range officially launched at on Oct. 23, 2019.

Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => Independent U.K. supermarket offers new Unpackaged line of up to 200 everyday essentials on-tap, complementing its Plastic Free Zones, which include 2,380 products in non-plastic packaging. In what it says is a bid to slash plastic pollution, independe... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-27 05:12:31 [post_date] => 2019-10-27 05:12:31 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-27 05:12:31 [post_modified] => 2019-10-27 05:12:31 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100056 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/peanut-butter-tap#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/peanut-butter-tap [syndication_item_hash] => a4e38c1d6e416cdb5817617af90e7205 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/plastic_free.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/plastic_free.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/peanut-butter-tap#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/peanut-butter-tap [syndication_item_hash] => a4e38c1d6e416cdb5817617af90e7205 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Peanut butter on tap?

Array ( [post_title] => Peanut butter on tap? [post_content] =>

Last year Thornton’s Budgens worked with A Plastic Planet to introduce the world’s first Plastic Free Zones in the store.
Independent U.K. supermarket offers new Unpackaged line of up to 200 everyday essentials on-tap, complementing its Plastic Free Zones, which include 2,380 products in non-plastic packaging.

In what it says is a bid to slash plastic pollution, independent U.K. Supermarket Thornton’s Budgens in Belsize Park, a London Borough of Camden England, has introduced peanut butter on tap. Shoppers visiting the store will now have to buy reusable glass jars and fill them with the product, as well as other everyday essentials such as milk and orange juice.

The move comes as Thornton’s Budgens launches its new plastic-free Unpackaged range of 200 products in collaboration with environmental campaign group A Plastic Planet. Items include loose pulses, beans, grains, and seeds.

Visitors to the Thornton’s Budgens store will also be able to choose from an extended range of vegan and gluten-free foods packaged in plastic-free materials. Ethical Fairtrade coffee served in plastic-free cups will be on offer, and shoppers will be able to buy plastic-free personal care products, including loose soaps, shampoos, and shower gels.

Last year Thornton’s Budgens worked with A Plastic Planet to introduce the world’s first Plastic FreeZones in the store. The zones saw some 1,800 products traditionally packaged in plastic replaced with alternatives such as beechwood netting and coconut bowls. (Updated figures include 2,380 products in early September 2019 and is aiming for 3,000 by year end.) In March 2019, the business reported a 4% weekly sales increase on the back of the introduction of the zones.

Thornton’s Budgens founder Andrew Thornton believes the move is set to be replicated by supermarkets across the world.“Last year we were blown away by the international reaction when we launched our Plastic Free Zones. The new Unpackaged range represents the evolution of this,” he says “Our shoppers love our plastic-free packaging.

“But this is just the beginning. There is no end to our plastic-free ambition. I passionately believe the future of supermarket shopping in the 2020s will be without the toxic material that has done such damage to our planet and ourselves.”

Says A Plastic Planet co-founder Sian Sutherland, “We are very proud of our partnership with Thornton’s Budgens. It has consistently proven that selling plastic-free is not just good for the planet, but good for business.

“People finally have real choice now, and they are voting with their wallets here. After all the pledges and plastic promises from many of the larger supermarkets, it is great to work with a leader who believes in people, planet, and profit—in that order.”

The Unpackaged range officially launched at on Oct. 23, 2019.

Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => Independent U.K. supermarket offers new Unpackaged line of up to 200 everyday essentials on-tap, complementing its Plastic Free Zones, which include 2,380 products in non-plastic packaging. In what it says is a bid to slash plastic pollution, independe... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-27 05:12:31 [post_date] => 2019-10-27 05:12:31 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-27 05:12:31 [post_modified] => 2019-10-27 05:12:31 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100056 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/peanut-butter-tap#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/peanut-butter-tap [syndication_item_hash] => a4e38c1d6e416cdb5817617af90e7205 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Roadmap Aims to Address Systemic Issues in the U.S. Recycling System

Array ( [post_title] => Roadmap Aims to Address Systemic Issues in the U.S. Recycling System [post_content] =>

The Recycling Partnership has unveiled a roadmap aimed at addressing systemic issues in the U.S. recycling system.
A newly-released report from The Recycling Partnership, endorsed by the Ellen MacArthur Foundation, seeks to catalyze the transition toward a circular economy for packaging.

The Recycling Partnership has unveiled what it says is the first-ever roadmap aimed at addressing systemic issues in the U.S. recycling system and catalyzing the transition toward a circular economy for packaging.The report, “The Bridge to Circularity: Putting the ‘New Plastics Economy’ into Practice in the U.S.,”  was inspired and is endorsed by the Ellen MacArthur Foundation whose New Plastics Economy Global Commitment comprises more than 400 businesses, governments, and other organizations that have united behind a common vision and targets to address plastic waste and pollution at its source.

According to the report, there is no single solution to transition to a circular economy—an economic system aimed at eliminating waste by design, keeping materials in use, and regenerating natural systems.

To build a bridge between the current system and an optimized circular system, The Recycling Partnership is calling for a set of concrete actions based on three distinct issues currently undermining the U.S. recycling industry.

Issue #1: The speed of packaging innovation has outpaced the capabilities of our recycling infrastructure. Most plastic packaging is either not being collected for recycling or is simply not currently recyclable.To meet theNew Plastics Economy Global Commitment target whereby 100% of plastic packaging will be reusable, recyclable, or compostable by 2025, brands, organizations, and governments must align packaging with the realities of the current recycling system while also investing to advance the system.

Action: “Pathway to Recyclability.” The Recycling Partnership is initiating a more granular process detailing how to move a package from technically recyclable to commonly accepted for recycling with partners such as Sustainable Packaging Coalition (SPC) and the Association of Plastic Recyclers (APR). Collaboratives are also being launched with the goal of optimizing the system for multiple materials and packaging formats, including but not exclusive to plastics.

Issue #2: As it stands, the U.S. recycling system cannot deliver the supply of recycled materials demanded by the global commitment. In fact, the report uses the case study of PET bottle recycling and finds an annual gap ofover1 billion pounds between the current U.S. supply and projected demand for rPET in bottles, and that is just one packaging material type among many. It will beimpossible for many companies to meet their ambitious recycled content commitments without significant interventions in the recycling system.

Action: “Unlocking Supply.” The Recycling Partnership will launch an industry-wide $250 million residential recycling intervention to capture more than 340 million pounds of post-consumerplastics,i n addition to over 2 billion pounds of other packaging materials. The report identifies specific strategies to put the capital to immediate use to benefit U.S. communities.

Issue #3: Intractable, underlying challenges create a difficult environment in which to develop a sustainably funded and responsive future recycling system. Bold innovation, supported by transformative policy is critical to tackling the extensive issues within the current system.

Action: “Recycling 2.0.” This new initiative calls for $250 million over five years to design and implement the recycling system of the future by advancing technology, building more robust data systems, and enhancing consumer participation. In addition, in early 2020, a new policy proposal will be launched to address the unique challenges in the U.S. packaging system with the goal of achieving a sustainably funded recycling system for all materials.

“Our current recycling system is fundamentally underfunded and incapable of delivering a circular economy without dramatic evolution. With this report, we are providing the clear roadmap to create a new and improved recycling system of the future,” says Keefe Harrison, CEO, The Recycling Partnership. “We’re providing actionable solutions to help current and future partners build a sustainable and effective recycling system in the U.S.

“To make this a reality, we’re calling for $500 million to fund these new initiatives. This will be the first step toward fully optimizing our nation’s recycling capabilities and ultimately building the bridge to a circular economy.”

The report recommends that plastics packaging be used as the entry point to catalyze system change. However, it repeatedly stresses the importance of building an improved system for all materials, not just plastics.

“Concentrating on plasticsalone will not create a viable platform for a truly circular economy,” advises Harrison, “Nor will recycling alone ultimately suffice.”

Notes Sander Defruyt, Lead of the New Plastics Economy initiative at the Ellen MacArthur Foundation, “Tackling the global plastic waste and pollution crisis requires concerted action at a global and local level. We are delighted to see The Recycling Partnership translate the ambitious targets of the New Plastics Economy Global Commitment into concrete and progressive actions to be taken in the U.S., urging businesses and governments in the country to step up efforts towards transitioning to a circular economy for plastics. Stakeholders in the U.S., as well asaround the world, must address plastic pollution at its source, by eliminating the plastics we don’t need, innovating the plastics we do need, and circulating them safely in the economy to keep them out of the environment.

Read the full “Bridge to Circularity” report, here.

Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => A newly-released report from The Recycling Partnership, endorsed by the Ellen MacArthur Foundation, seeks to catalyze the transition toward a circular economy for packaging. The Recycling Partnership has unveiled what it says is the first-ever roadmap ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-26 05:12:31 [post_date] => 2019-10-26 05:12:31 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-26 05:12:31 [post_modified] => 2019-10-26 05:12:31 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100051 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/roadmap-aims-address-systemic-issues-us-recycling-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/roadmap-aims-address-systemic-issues-us-recycling-system [syndication_item_hash] => 4c8a9fa939907b6a0920189aabddecc2 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/bridge_sg_1200x600_v1.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/bridge_sg_1200x600_v1.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/roadmap-aims-address-systemic-issues-us-recycling-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/roadmap-aims-address-systemic-issues-us-recycling-system [syndication_item_hash] => 4c8a9fa939907b6a0920189aabddecc2 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Roadmap Aims to Address Systemic Issues in the U.S. Recycling System

Array ( [post_title] => Roadmap Aims to Address Systemic Issues in the U.S. Recycling System [post_content] =>

The Recycling Partnership has unveiled a roadmap aimed at addressing systemic issues in the U.S. recycling system.
A newly-released report from The Recycling Partnership, endorsed by the Ellen MacArthur Foundation, seeks to catalyze the transition toward a circular economy for packaging.

The Recycling Partnership has unveiled what it says is the first-ever roadmap aimed at addressing systemic issues in the U.S. recycling system and catalyzing the transition toward a circular economy for packaging.The report, “The Bridge to Circularity: Putting the ‘New Plastics Economy’ into Practice in the U.S.,”  was inspired and is endorsed by the Ellen MacArthur Foundation whose New Plastics Economy Global Commitment comprises more than 400 businesses, governments, and other organizations that have united behind a common vision and targets to address plastic waste and pollution at its source.

According to the report, there is no single solution to transition to a circular economy—an economic system aimed at eliminating waste by design, keeping materials in use, and regenerating natural systems.

To build a bridge between the current system and an optimized circular system, The Recycling Partnership is calling for a set of concrete actions based on three distinct issues currently undermining the U.S. recycling industry.

Issue #1: The speed of packaging innovation has outpaced the capabilities of our recycling infrastructure. Most plastic packaging is either not being collected for recycling or is simply not currently recyclable.To meet theNew Plastics Economy Global Commitment target whereby 100% of plastic packaging will be reusable, recyclable, or compostable by 2025, brands, organizations, and governments must align packaging with the realities of the current recycling system while also investing to advance the system.

Action: “Pathway to Recyclability.” The Recycling Partnership is initiating a more granular process detailing how to move a package from technically recyclable to commonly accepted for recycling with partners such as Sustainable Packaging Coalition (SPC) and the Association of Plastic Recyclers (APR). Collaboratives are also being launched with the goal of optimizing the system for multiple materials and packaging formats, including but not exclusive to plastics.

Issue #2: As it stands, the U.S. recycling system cannot deliver the supply of recycled materials demanded by the global commitment. In fact, the report uses the case study of PET bottle recycling and finds an annual gap ofover1 billion pounds between the current U.S. supply and projected demand for rPET in bottles, and that is just one packaging material type among many. It will beimpossible for many companies to meet their ambitious recycled content commitments without significant interventions in the recycling system.

Action: “Unlocking Supply.” The Recycling Partnership will launch an industry-wide $250 million residential recycling intervention to capture more than 340 million pounds of post-consumerplastics,i n addition to over 2 billion pounds of other packaging materials. The report identifies specific strategies to put the capital to immediate use to benefit U.S. communities.

Issue #3: Intractable, underlying challenges create a difficult environment in which to develop a sustainably funded and responsive future recycling system. Bold innovation, supported by transformative policy is critical to tackling the extensive issues within the current system.

Action: “Recycling 2.0.” This new initiative calls for $250 million over five years to design and implement the recycling system of the future by advancing technology, building more robust data systems, and enhancing consumer participation. In addition, in early 2020, a new policy proposal will be launched to address the unique challenges in the U.S. packaging system with the goal of achieving a sustainably funded recycling system for all materials.

“Our current recycling system is fundamentally underfunded and incapable of delivering a circular economy without dramatic evolution. With this report, we are providing the clear roadmap to create a new and improved recycling system of the future,” says Keefe Harrison, CEO, The Recycling Partnership. “We’re providing actionable solutions to help current and future partners build a sustainable and effective recycling system in the U.S.

“To make this a reality, we’re calling for $500 million to fund these new initiatives. This will be the first step toward fully optimizing our nation’s recycling capabilities and ultimately building the bridge to a circular economy.”

The report recommends that plastics packaging be used as the entry point to catalyze system change. However, it repeatedly stresses the importance of building an improved system for all materials, not just plastics.

“Concentrating on plasticsalone will not create a viable platform for a truly circular economy,” advises Harrison, “Nor will recycling alone ultimately suffice.”

Notes Sander Defruyt, Lead of the New Plastics Economy initiative at the Ellen MacArthur Foundation, “Tackling the global plastic waste and pollution crisis requires concerted action at a global and local level. We are delighted to see The Recycling Partnership translate the ambitious targets of the New Plastics Economy Global Commitment into concrete and progressive actions to be taken in the U.S., urging businesses and governments in the country to step up efforts towards transitioning to a circular economy for plastics. Stakeholders in the U.S., as well asaround the world, must address plastic pollution at its source, by eliminating the plastics we don’t need, innovating the plastics we do need, and circulating them safely in the economy to keep them out of the environment.

Read the full “Bridge to Circularity” report, here.

Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => A newly-released report from The Recycling Partnership, endorsed by the Ellen MacArthur Foundation, seeks to catalyze the transition toward a circular economy for packaging. The Recycling Partnership has unveiled what it says is the first-ever roadmap ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-26 05:12:31 [post_date] => 2019-10-26 05:12:31 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-26 05:12:31 [post_modified] => 2019-10-26 05:12:31 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100051 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/roadmap-aims-address-systemic-issues-us-recycling-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/roadmap-aims-address-systemic-issues-us-recycling-system [syndication_item_hash] => 4c8a9fa939907b6a0920189aabddecc2 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Unilever/Sabic Partnership Created to Keep Plastic in the Loop

Array ( [post_title] => Unilever/Sabic Partnership Created to Keep Plastic in the Loop [post_content] =>

Unilever has announced the next phase of its partnership with diversified chemicals manufacturer SABIC.
Partnership results in packaging that uses recycled content from advanced recycling technologies for leading brands that include Magnum, Knorr, and REN Clean Skincare.

Unilever has announced the next phase of its partnership with diversified chemicals manufacturer SABIC, which sees Unilever brands using next-generation packaging solutions based on SABIC’s advanced recycling technology.

SABIC’s certified circular polymers are created from the recycling of low-quality, mixed plastic waste otherwise destined for incineration or landfill.Using SABIC’s technology, in August 2019 Magnum became the first ice-cream brand to use food-grade recycled plastic, launching 600,000 tubs across Belgium, Spain, and The Netherlands, with over 3 million more due to be launched globally in 2020. The recycled plastic is also to be used in Knorr bouillon powder containers for professional kitchens, and REN Clean Skincare’s new airless EVERCALM Global Protection Day Cream packaging.

According to Unilever, the strategic partnership will help it to reach its commitments to tackle plastic waste and achieve a 50% reduction of virgin plastic by 2025.

“Meeting our ambitious plastics sustainability goals will require innovation and collaboration with partners from across the industry and around the world. We are pleased to continue our work with SABIC to help us keep plastic out of the environment and in the circular economy,” says Marika Lindstrom, Vice President Procurement, Unilever.

“Our close collaboration with Unilever in our unified goal to deliver high-quality, sustainable solutions, has resulted in innovative, recyclable food and personal care packaging made with SABIC’s certified circular polymers. These materials—part of our new TRUCIRCLE™ initiative of circular solutions, is proof of our commitment to our customers to deliver solutions that contribute to closing the loop on reutilizing plastic waste,” said Sergi Monros, Vice President, Performance Polymers & Industry Solutions at SABIC. “SABIC understands that innovation is critical to achieving the goals of our sustainability strategy and to helping our customers around the world achieve theirs.”

Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => Partnership results in packaging that uses recycled content from advanced recycling technologies for leading brands that include Magnum, Knorr, and REN Clean Skincare. Unilever has announced the next phase of its partnership with diversified chemicals ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 20:00:40 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 20:00:40 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 20:00:40 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 20:00:40 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100046 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/unileversabic-partnership-created-keep-plastic-loop#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/unileversabic-partnership-created-keep-plastic-loop [syndication_item_hash] => 0923b5b44eaaaf132c409de5b9038b25 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/unilever_logo_web.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/unilever_logo_web.png

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/unileversabic-partnership-created-keep-plastic-loop#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/unileversabic-partnership-created-keep-plastic-loop [syndication_item_hash] => 0923b5b44eaaaf132c409de5b9038b25 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Unilever/Sabic Partnership Created to Keep Plastic in the Loop

Array ( [post_title] => Unilever/Sabic Partnership Created to Keep Plastic in the Loop [post_content] =>

Unilever has announced the next phase of its partnership with diversified chemicals manufacturer SABIC.
Partnership results in packaging that uses recycled content from advanced recycling technologies for leading brands that include Magnum, Knorr, and REN Clean Skincare.

Unilever has announced the next phase of its partnership with diversified chemicals manufacturer SABIC, which sees Unilever brands using next-generation packaging solutions based on SABIC’s advanced recycling technology.

SABIC’s certified circular polymers are created from the recycling of low-quality, mixed plastic waste otherwise destined for incineration or landfill.Using SABIC’s technology, in August 2019 Magnum became the first ice-cream brand to use food-grade recycled plastic, launching 600,000 tubs across Belgium, Spain, and The Netherlands, with over 3 million more due to be launched globally in 2020. The recycled plastic is also to be used in Knorr bouillon powder containers for professional kitchens, and REN Clean Skincare’s new airless EVERCALM Global Protection Day Cream packaging.

According to Unilever, the strategic partnership will help it to reach its commitments to tackle plastic waste and achieve a 50% reduction of virgin plastic by 2025.

“Meeting our ambitious plastics sustainability goals will require innovation and collaboration with partners from across the industry and around the world. We are pleased to continue our work with SABIC to help us keep plastic out of the environment and in the circular economy,” says Marika Lindstrom, Vice President Procurement, Unilever.

“Our close collaboration with Unilever in our unified goal to deliver high-quality, sustainable solutions, has resulted in innovative, recyclable food and personal care packaging made with SABIC’s certified circular polymers. These materials—part of our new TRUCIRCLE™ initiative of circular solutions, is proof of our commitment to our customers to deliver solutions that contribute to closing the loop on reutilizing plastic waste,” said Sergi Monros, Vice President, Performance Polymers & Industry Solutions at SABIC. “SABIC understands that innovation is critical to achieving the goals of our sustainability strategy and to helping our customers around the world achieve theirs.”

Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => Partnership results in packaging that uses recycled content from advanced recycling technologies for leading brands that include Magnum, Knorr, and REN Clean Skincare. Unilever has announced the next phase of its partnership with diversified chemicals ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 20:00:40 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 20:00:40 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 20:00:40 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 20:00:40 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100046 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/unileversabic-partnership-created-keep-plastic-loop#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/unileversabic-partnership-created-keep-plastic-loop [syndication_item_hash] => 0923b5b44eaaaf132c409de5b9038b25 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Multipacking reimagined

Array ( [post_title] => Multipacking reimagined [post_content] =>

Matt Reynolds
Consumer attitudes toward plastics, especially the growing anxiety about plastics in the ocean, are reflected in recent developments where multipacking of cans is concerned.

For example, most of the big HDPE multipack can handle suppliers are focused on light-weighting. This is no doubt right-headed because it’s a good example of source reduction. But even lighter HDPE can handles may wind up in the ocean when you consider how bad consumers are at recycling. So it’s encouraging to see, at PACK EXPO Las Vegas and beyond, that some approaches to multipacking of cans go further than mere light-weighting.

The big-splash examples of this have come from brands outside the United States. Denmark’s Carlsberg, for example, has adopted a microdot adhesive strategy, using tiny glue dots directly on and between the cans themselves to hold them together in a six-pack formation. It’s featured prominently on page 32 of this issue. The formation completely eliminates the need for the plastic shrink wrap the company previously used. Carlsberg estimates that once the system is rolled out into all the markets where it has a significant amount of volume in four-, six-, and eight-pack formats, it will reduce plastic waste by approximately 13,000 tons per year.

Also thinking outside the box, Corona this summer introduced a plastic- and adhesive-free interlocking can design that it calls Fit Pack. Imagine stacking two or more of your typical 12- or 16-oz aluminum cans on top of one another, and then twisting to lock them together via a threaded mechanism built into the cans. As the number of cans consumers choose to twist together grows, so does the height of their stack, making the design ungainly if a lot of cans are involved. But for grabbing two or three for the beach, a baseball game, or picnic, there may be an application. A pilot program is currently underway in Mexico, and Corona spokespeople say they plan to make the can design open source for other beverage manufacturers, though retooling packaging machinery may be an issue.

If your antennae were calibrated for it, the recent PACK EXPO Las Vegas was replete with fiber-based multipacking alternatives and the machines designed to apply them. WestRock’s CanCollar™ was one that I saw in person at the show. The can handle is made from WestRock’s wet-strength CarrierKote™ material, which while 86% renewable paperboard fiber, is laminated to a polymer to protect from moisture and rough handling. The recycling profile will vary by regional capacity. Application currently relies on a semi-automatic platform geared more toward microbrew volumes than massive commercial canning operations.

Also showing a fiber-based multipack can handle option at PACK EXPO Las Vegas was Graphic Packaging. It was demonstrating what it calls its environmentally responsible paperboard packaging, which also offers the benefit of clean tops, spacious billboard area, and orientation flexibility. Its associated can handle application machinery is flexible with regard to product orientation and diameter, with core formats ranging from 2x2 to 2x6.

Can handle technology even brought home a coveted Technology Excellence Award from PACK EXPO. The collaboration between machinery builder TECMA ARIES in the role of can handle applicator and molded pulp material technology from E6PR™ resulted in the combined TECMA ARIES E6PR. In this system, four- and six-pack rings made from beer brewing byproducts like barley and wheat ribbons are strong enough to hold cans through distribution, despite being fully compostable. Our earlier coverage of this innovative approach can be found here: pwgo.to/5312.

One final example comes from multipack ring carrier pioneer Hi-Cone, which is going the circular economy route to sustainability. It recently launched RingCycles™, which contain greater than 50% post-consumer recycled (PCR) content (LDPE #4 recyclable). They appeared on shelves in late 2019 in the UK. Consumers in the U.S. and Mexico will start seeing them in Q1 in 2020 with additional regions being added throughout the year.

It’s good to see such innovative approaches bubbling up. I suspect we’ll see a few more at next year’s interpack.

Matt Reynolds
Editor
[post_excerpt] => Consumer attitudes toward plastics, especially the growing anxiety about plastics in the ocean, are reflected in recent developments where multipacking of cans is concerned.For example, most of the big HDPE multipack can handle suppliers are focused on... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 18:42:29 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 18:42:29 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 18:42:29 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 18:42:29 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100041 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/multipacking-reimagined#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/multipacking-reimagined [syndication_item_hash] => f4aadc701a7c72a4ea2c347c7a502f06 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/mattreynolds1_17.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/mattreynolds1_17.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/multipacking-reimagined#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/multipacking-reimagined [syndication_item_hash] => f4aadc701a7c72a4ea2c347c7a502f06 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Multipacking reimagined

Array ( [post_title] => Multipacking reimagined [post_content] =>

Matt Reynolds
Consumer attitudes toward plastics, especially the growing anxiety about plastics in the ocean, are reflected in recent developments where multipacking of cans is concerned.

For example, most of the big HDPE multipack can handle suppliers are focused on light-weighting. This is no doubt right-headed because it’s a good example of source reduction. But even lighter HDPE can handles may wind up in the ocean when you consider how bad consumers are at recycling. So it’s encouraging to see, at PACK EXPO Las Vegas and beyond, that some approaches to multipacking of cans go further than mere light-weighting.

The big-splash examples of this have come from brands outside the United States. Denmark’s Carlsberg, for example, has adopted a microdot adhesive strategy, using tiny glue dots directly on and between the cans themselves to hold them together in a six-pack formation. It’s featured prominently on page 32 of this issue. The formation completely eliminates the need for the plastic shrink wrap the company previously used. Carlsberg estimates that once the system is rolled out into all the markets where it has a significant amount of volume in four-, six-, and eight-pack formats, it will reduce plastic waste by approximately 13,000 tons per year.

Also thinking outside the box, Corona this summer introduced a plastic- and adhesive-free interlocking can design that it calls Fit Pack. Imagine stacking two or more of your typical 12- or 16-oz aluminum cans on top of one another, and then twisting to lock them together via a threaded mechanism built into the cans. As the number of cans consumers choose to twist together grows, so does the height of their stack, making the design ungainly if a lot of cans are involved. But for grabbing two or three for the beach, a baseball game, or picnic, there may be an application. A pilot program is currently underway in Mexico, and Corona spokespeople say they plan to make the can design open source for other beverage manufacturers, though retooling packaging machinery may be an issue.

If your antennae were calibrated for it, the recent PACK EXPO Las Vegas was replete with fiber-based multipacking alternatives and the machines designed to apply them. WestRock’s CanCollar™ was one that I saw in person at the show. The can handle is made from WestRock’s wet-strength CarrierKote™ material, which while 86% renewable paperboard fiber, is laminated to a polymer to protect from moisture and rough handling. The recycling profile will vary by regional capacity. Application currently relies on a semi-automatic platform geared more toward microbrew volumes than massive commercial canning operations.

Also showing a fiber-based multipack can handle option at PACK EXPO Las Vegas was Graphic Packaging. It was demonstrating what it calls its environmentally responsible paperboard packaging, which also offers the benefit of clean tops, spacious billboard area, and orientation flexibility. Its associated can handle application machinery is flexible with regard to product orientation and diameter, with core formats ranging from 2x2 to 2x6.

Can handle technology even brought home a coveted Technology Excellence Award from PACK EXPO. The collaboration between machinery builder TECMA ARIES in the role of can handle applicator and molded pulp material technology from E6PR™ resulted in the combined TECMA ARIES E6PR. In this system, four- and six-pack rings made from beer brewing byproducts like barley and wheat ribbons are strong enough to hold cans through distribution, despite being fully compostable. Our earlier coverage of this innovative approach can be found here: pwgo.to/5312.

One final example comes from multipack ring carrier pioneer Hi-Cone, which is going the circular economy route to sustainability. It recently launched RingCycles™, which contain greater than 50% post-consumer recycled (PCR) content (LDPE #4 recyclable). They appeared on shelves in late 2019 in the UK. Consumers in the U.S. and Mexico will start seeing them in Q1 in 2020 with additional regions being added throughout the year.

It’s good to see such innovative approaches bubbling up. I suspect we’ll see a few more at next year’s interpack.

Matt Reynolds
Editor
[post_excerpt] => Consumer attitudes toward plastics, especially the growing anxiety about plastics in the ocean, are reflected in recent developments where multipacking of cans is concerned.For example, most of the big HDPE multipack can handle suppliers are focused on... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 18:42:29 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 18:42:29 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 18:42:29 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 18:42:29 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100041 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/multipacking-reimagined#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/multipacking-reimagined [syndication_item_hash] => f4aadc701a7c72a4ea2c347c7a502f06 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Whiskey, Food Pods Aren’t a New Concept

Array ( [post_title] => Whiskey, Food Pods Aren’t a New Concept [post_content] =>

Stoneyfield Frozen Yogurt Pearls
Whiskey pods made a splash recently, but the pod concept isn’t new. Companies have been trying to make the edible containers and packaging for years.

While discussing the whiskey pod concept with other editors here at Packaging World, we remembered a daring commercialized project from Smithfield Farms that Anne Marie Mohan reported on back in 2014, seen in this five-year-old page of the magazine.

It’s not new or original to dream of first consuming your food, then consuming the container in which food arrives. But a practical program for doing so, one that resonates with consumers but doesn’t require even more packaging to contain the edible container, has yet to surface.

[post_excerpt] => Whiskey pods made a splash recently, but the pod concept isn’t new. Companies have been trying to make the edible containers and packaging for years.While discussing the whiskey pod concept with other editors here at Packaging World, we remembered a da... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 16:22:28 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 16:22:28 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 16:22:28 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 16:22:28 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100026 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-food-pods-arent-new-concept#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-food-pods-arent-new-concept [syndication_item_hash] => c97a057c5a5cf57631ba98fb3ad310ae ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/25th-anniversary-12.40.45-pm.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/25th-anniversary-12.40.45-pm.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-food-pods-arent-new-concept#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-food-pods-arent-new-concept [syndication_item_hash] => c97a057c5a5cf57631ba98fb3ad310ae )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Whiskey, Food Pods Aren’t a New Concept

Array ( [post_title] => Whiskey, Food Pods Aren’t a New Concept [post_content] =>

Stoneyfield Frozen Yogurt Pearls
Whiskey pods made a splash recently, but the pod concept isn’t new. Companies have been trying to make the edible containers and packaging for years.

While discussing the whiskey pod concept with other editors here at Packaging World, we remembered a daring commercialized project from Smithfield Farms that Anne Marie Mohan reported on back in 2014, seen in this five-year-old page of the magazine.

It’s not new or original to dream of first consuming your food, then consuming the container in which food arrives. But a practical program for doing so, one that resonates with consumers but doesn’t require even more packaging to contain the edible container, has yet to surface.

[post_excerpt] => Whiskey pods made a splash recently, but the pod concept isn’t new. Companies have been trying to make the edible containers and packaging for years.While discussing the whiskey pod concept with other editors here at Packaging World, we remembered a da... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 16:22:28 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 16:22:28 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 16:22:28 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 16:22:28 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100026 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-food-pods-arent-new-concept#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-food-pods-arent-new-concept [syndication_item_hash] => c97a057c5a5cf57631ba98fb3ad310ae [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Whiskey Pods Use Algae Film Casing

Array ( [post_title] => Whiskey Pods Use Algae Film Casing [post_content] =>

Glenlivet Capsule Collection
Single malt Scotch brand The Glenlivet unveiled a “Capsule Collection” of glassless cocktails that the company says “redefine the way whisky is traditionally enjoyed.”

Launched during London Cocktail Week in partnership with acclaimed mixologist Alex Kratena, the limited-edition The Glenlivet Capsule Collection is a range of whisky cocktails served in a seaweed-extract casing, one of nature’s most renewable resources. The casing goes under the Ooho brand from sustainable packaging startup Notpla that was originally reported upon by Packaging World last year (read more at pwgo.to/5295).

Available in citrus, wood, or spice flavors, the 23ml edible capsules are fully biodegradable. “The capsule is simply swallowed,” reads the press release from The Glenlivet. The company says it is the first spirits brand in the world to create this type of original consumption experience. The seaweed used to create the film casing grows at a speed of around 1 m per day and actively contributes to de-acidifying oceans.

“As a brand that celebrates originality, we are always looking to break the conventions that have determined how single malt Scotch has historically been enjoyed,” says Miriam Eceolaza, Director of The Glenlivet. “The Capsule Collection does exactly that, and we’re excited to see how people react when they try our glassless cocktails. Our founder, George Smith, always went against the grain, bucking tradition and doing things differently. The Glenlivet Capsule Collection continues his pioneering spirit today.”

No plans for scale commercialization appear to be in the works at the moment, though the project grabbed shocked headlines.

Matt Reynolds
Editor
[post_excerpt] => Single malt Scotch brand The Glenlivet unveiled a “Capsule Collection” of glassless cocktails that the company says “redefine the way whisky is traditionally enjoyed.” Launched during London Cocktail Week in partnership with acclaimed mixologist Alex K... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 15:44:36 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 15:44:36 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 15:44:36 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 15:44:36 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100021 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-pods-use-algae-film-casing#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-pods-use-algae-film-casing [syndication_item_hash] => a4c19175473767650558a8c18192bc5b ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/whiskey-pods.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/whiskey-pods.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-pods-use-algae-film-casing#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-pods-use-algae-film-casing [syndication_item_hash] => a4c19175473767650558a8c18192bc5b )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Whiskey Pods Use Algae Film Casing

Array ( [post_title] => Whiskey Pods Use Algae Film Casing [post_content] =>

Glenlivet Capsule Collection
Single malt Scotch brand The Glenlivet unveiled a “Capsule Collection” of glassless cocktails that the company says “redefine the way whisky is traditionally enjoyed.”

Launched during London Cocktail Week in partnership with acclaimed mixologist Alex Kratena, the limited-edition The Glenlivet Capsule Collection is a range of whisky cocktails served in a seaweed-extract casing, one of nature’s most renewable resources. The casing goes under the Ooho brand from sustainable packaging startup Notpla that was originally reported upon by Packaging World last year (read more at pwgo.to/5295).

Available in citrus, wood, or spice flavors, the 23ml edible capsules are fully biodegradable. “The capsule is simply swallowed,” reads the press release from The Glenlivet. The company says it is the first spirits brand in the world to create this type of original consumption experience. The seaweed used to create the film casing grows at a speed of around 1 m per day and actively contributes to de-acidifying oceans.

“As a brand that celebrates originality, we are always looking to break the conventions that have determined how single malt Scotch has historically been enjoyed,” says Miriam Eceolaza, Director of The Glenlivet. “The Capsule Collection does exactly that, and we’re excited to see how people react when they try our glassless cocktails. Our founder, George Smith, always went against the grain, bucking tradition and doing things differently. The Glenlivet Capsule Collection continues his pioneering spirit today.”

No plans for scale commercialization appear to be in the works at the moment, though the project grabbed shocked headlines.

Matt Reynolds
Editor
[post_excerpt] => Single malt Scotch brand The Glenlivet unveiled a “Capsule Collection” of glassless cocktails that the company says “redefine the way whisky is traditionally enjoyed.” Launched during London Cocktail Week in partnership with acclaimed mixologist Alex K... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 15:44:36 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 15:44:36 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 15:44:36 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 15:44:36 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100021 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-pods-use-algae-film-casing#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/whiskey-pods-use-algae-film-casing [syndication_item_hash] => a4c19175473767650558a8c18192bc5b [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

PMMI’s UnPACKed Podcast Brings Packaging to the Audio

Array ( [post_title] => PMMI’s UnPACKed Podcast Brings Packaging to the Audio [post_content] =>

unPACKed logo
Today’s packaging professional has countless avenues to stay up-to-date on industry news and trends.

PMMI announced the launch of a new way to get your packaging and processing insights, research, and innovations. With the UnPACKed with PMMI podcast, listeners can stay up to date on industry news and trends anywhere at any time.

As host, PMMI’s Senior Director of Media and Industry Communications and long-time industry insider Sean Riley facilitates discussions with industry influencers like PMMI Media Group editors, breaks down real-world case studies, and leads deep dives into pressing industry business challenges.

“We know that our members and the industry at large are busy, so having an outlet where they can gain industry information anywhere—on the go, in the comfort of their home, in the office, or wherever they find the time—is important to us,” says Tracy Stout, vice president, marketing and communications, PMMI.

Before the doors closed on PACK EXPO Las Vegas and Healthcare Packaging EXPO, three podcasts were recorded and are ready for listening, offering a taste of show events that exhibitors and attendees may not have been able to attend or want to hear more about.

The more than 700 attendees of PMMI’s Packaging & Processing Women’s Leadership Network breakfast in Las Vegas were captivated by speaker Ellen Ochoa, the first Hispanic woman in space and the second female director of the Johnson Space Center. OEM magazine Editor-in-Chief Stephanie Neil continued the conversation for those who attended or introduced Ochoa’s story and leadership advice to those who couldn’t make it, with PACK EXPO Rewind: Exploring New Territories with Ellen Ochoa (listen at pwgo.to/5297)

Riley and Jim Chrzan, vice president, Content & Brand Strategy, PMMI Media Group recalled three days’ worth of PMMI’s Vision 2025 sessions with PACK EXPO Rewind: A Look into Vision 2025 (listen at pwgo.to/5298). In this podcast, the pair discusses Chrzan’s quick look at the challenges and trends tackled by the CPGs, OEMs and contract packagers during the event.

Finally, Packaging World Editor Matt Reynolds sat down and shared the most significant trends he saw at PACK EXPO Las Vegas and Healthcare Packaging EXPO with PACK EXPO Rewind: 2019 Trends From the Show Floor (listen at pwgo.to/5299).

To start listening, search for “UnPACKed with PMMI” in the iTunes Podcast or Spotify apps on your phone (or wherever you listen to podcasts) and be sure to click “subscribe” so you receive an alert whenever we upload an episode.

Additional available episodes include:

• Robotics: Innovation 2 Implementation

• Bridging the Skills Gap: How to Launch Your Own Manufacturing Day

• Moving Operational Excellence Forward with the OpX Leadership Network

• Get to Know PMMI’s CEO

To learn more about each episode, visit pwgo.to/5300.

[post_excerpt] => Today’s packaging professional has countless avenues to stay up-to-date on industry news and trends. PMMI announced the launch of a new way to get your packaging and processing insights, research, and innovations. With the UnPACKed with PMMI podcast, l... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 15:41:07 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 15:41:07 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 15:41:07 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 15:41:07 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100016 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pmmis-unpacked-podcast-brings-packaging-audio#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pmmis-unpacked-podcast-brings-packaging-audio [syndication_item_hash] => 6823d53efa336c7adffa6736eab09093 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/unpacked_podcast_graphic_copy_0.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/unpacked_podcast_graphic_copy_0.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pmmis-unpacked-podcast-brings-packaging-audio#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pmmis-unpacked-podcast-brings-packaging-audio [syndication_item_hash] => 6823d53efa336c7adffa6736eab09093 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :PMMI’s UnPACKed Podcast Brings Packaging to the Audio

Array ( [post_title] => PMMI’s UnPACKed Podcast Brings Packaging to the Audio [post_content] =>

unPACKed logo
Today’s packaging professional has countless avenues to stay up-to-date on industry news and trends.

PMMI announced the launch of a new way to get your packaging and processing insights, research, and innovations. With the UnPACKed with PMMI podcast, listeners can stay up to date on industry news and trends anywhere at any time.

As host, PMMI’s Senior Director of Media and Industry Communications and long-time industry insider Sean Riley facilitates discussions with industry influencers like PMMI Media Group editors, breaks down real-world case studies, and leads deep dives into pressing industry business challenges.

“We know that our members and the industry at large are busy, so having an outlet where they can gain industry information anywhere—on the go, in the comfort of their home, in the office, or wherever they find the time—is important to us,” says Tracy Stout, vice president, marketing and communications, PMMI.

Before the doors closed on PACK EXPO Las Vegas and Healthcare Packaging EXPO, three podcasts were recorded and are ready for listening, offering a taste of show events that exhibitors and attendees may not have been able to attend or want to hear more about.

The more than 700 attendees of PMMI’s Packaging & Processing Women’s Leadership Network breakfast in Las Vegas were captivated by speaker Ellen Ochoa, the first Hispanic woman in space and the second female director of the Johnson Space Center. OEM magazine Editor-in-Chief Stephanie Neil continued the conversation for those who attended or introduced Ochoa’s story and leadership advice to those who couldn’t make it, with PACK EXPO Rewind: Exploring New Territories with Ellen Ochoa (listen at pwgo.to/5297)

Riley and Jim Chrzan, vice president, Content & Brand Strategy, PMMI Media Group recalled three days’ worth of PMMI’s Vision 2025 sessions with PACK EXPO Rewind: A Look into Vision 2025 (listen at pwgo.to/5298). In this podcast, the pair discusses Chrzan’s quick look at the challenges and trends tackled by the CPGs, OEMs and contract packagers during the event.

Finally, Packaging World Editor Matt Reynolds sat down and shared the most significant trends he saw at PACK EXPO Las Vegas and Healthcare Packaging EXPO with PACK EXPO Rewind: 2019 Trends From the Show Floor (listen at pwgo.to/5299).

To start listening, search for “UnPACKed with PMMI” in the iTunes Podcast or Spotify apps on your phone (or wherever you listen to podcasts) and be sure to click “subscribe” so you receive an alert whenever we upload an episode.

Additional available episodes include:

• Robotics: Innovation 2 Implementation

• Bridging the Skills Gap: How to Launch Your Own Manufacturing Day

• Moving Operational Excellence Forward with the OpX Leadership Network

• Get to Know PMMI’s CEO

To learn more about each episode, visit pwgo.to/5300.

[post_excerpt] => Today’s packaging professional has countless avenues to stay up-to-date on industry news and trends. PMMI announced the launch of a new way to get your packaging and processing insights, research, and innovations. With the UnPACKed with PMMI podcast, l... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 15:41:07 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 15:41:07 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 15:41:07 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 15:41:07 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100016 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pmmis-unpacked-podcast-brings-packaging-audio#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pmmis-unpacked-podcast-brings-packaging-audio [syndication_item_hash] => 6823d53efa336c7adffa6736eab09093 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

World’s Fastest Aseptic PET Lines with Dry Preform Decontamination

Array ( [post_title] => World’s Fastest Aseptic PET Lines with Dry Preform Decontamination [post_content] =>

Jin Mai Lang's new bottle design is aimed at attracting younger consumers.
China’s Jin Mai Lang recently installed two complete aseptic PET lines, both leveraging Sidel’s dry preform decontamination system known as Aseptic Combi Predis™.

These Sidel lines, both integrated with Tetra Pak Processing System technologies, deliver an impressive production output of 60,000 bottles/hr – making them the world’s fastest aseptic PET lines with dry preform decontamination for low-acid products. These complete solutions, alongside newly designed PET bottles, another courtesy of Sidel, helped the key player in the Chinese beverage market to increase production capacity of their low- and high-acid products packaged in PET, while lowering their Total Cost of Ownership (TCO). Impressed by the benefits gained through this installation, Jin Mai Lang recently invested in another three Sidel aseptic complete lines, running at the same speed.

The Chinese beverage market grew significantly between 2017 and 2018, experiencing +3% in sales volume and +5% in sales value. This positive trajectory was mainly driven by a few beverage categories, including RTD tea which showed a remarkable 7% growth within a single year. It is no surprise then that one of the biggest Chinese beverage and food manufacturers, Jin Mai Lang, recently needed to increase their production capacity around their black and green tea, plus various kinds of flavoured water, to match the rising local demands.

Even before this recent installation, Jin Mai Lang was bottling in PET through Sidel’s hot-fill, wet aseptic, and ultraclean technologies. “We started our successful partnership with Sidel back in 2006,”remembers Xianguo Fan, Chairman of Jin Mai Lang. “Thanks to this 13-year cooperation, which has been materialized in many repeat orders, we currently have more than fifty pieces of Sidel equipment running in our factories, including seven complete PET ultraclean lines and 20 hot-fill PET lines. Over the years, we have built complete confidence in Sidel, recognising the quality and the reliability of their equipment, their innovation-driven mind set, as well as their local support and service capabilities.”

For this new installation, the Chinese beverage company chose Sidel’s proven, safe, and sustainable Aseptic Combi Predis within the two complete aseptic PET lines, benefitting from dry preform decontamination. The lines have been installed in the company’s factories in Tianchang and Cuiping, located in the Anhui and Henan Province, respectively.

“We wanted to minimize our TCO by relying on a sustainable and energy efficient piece of equipment that uses very few chemicals and no water during production. For us, this choice translated to significant savings,” Mr. Fan explains. As an FDA-validated solution already accounting for more than 150 references globally, the Sidel Aseptic Combi Predis offers versatile production to the top Chinese player, who is now able to manage six different SKUs, including three different bottle designs for the 500-mL format and a total of six different flavours. This flexibility is also made possible by significantly reduced changeover times: less than 30 min are required for a bottle format changeover on the Combi. In addition, to secure maximum uptime without compromising absolute food safety, the Aseptic Combi Predis units integrated in both complete PET lines at Jin Mai Lang’s factories have already been successfully validated for 165 continuous production hours.

Benefitting from more than 40 years of experience in aseptic complete lines and thousands of installations successfully operating worldwide, Sidel designed the new lines around Jin Mai Lang’s specific requirements, starting with the customer’s need for maximum performance. Safe and hygienic, the two lines offer an integrated solution from product preparation and treatment through the packaging line up to tertiary packaging. On top of the Aseptic Combi Predis solution, both Sidel lines integrate Tetra Pak Processing Systems (TPPS) technologies, the CapdisTM dry cap decontamination system,a sleever, as well as wrap-around packer and palletizing equipment. Most important, the lines are extremely flexible, allowing the production of all the low acid-products in the company’s portfolio. Moreover, they are engineered for long-term performance, improving OEE while minimizing TCO. The two complete aseptic PET lines started production between the end of 2018 and mid-2019, both featuring more than 95% efficiency while delivering 60,000 bottles/hr.

When highlighting the second big challenge for this customer, Steven Xie, Sidel Packaging Director, explains, “Jin Mai Lang also wanted to refresh the ten-year-old designs applied to their iced and green tea PET bottles. They realised they were no longer perceived as eye-catching by young local consumers, who represent their target group. To address this, Sidel provided a 360° packaging service including more than 15 conceptual and technical designs, pilot bottle tests, and three pilot molds. By taking advantage of the freedom of shape offered by the PET dry preform decontamination process, we helped the customer revamp their product range without increasing the bottle weight, which stays below 18 grams.”

The result is a very modern and dynamic look and feel for increased attractiveness and brand recognition on crowded retailer shelves. A clean and round shoulder is now combined with a bottle base enriched with an embossed pair of glasses, appealing to younger generations of consumers. Economic benefits were also high on the agenda when developing the designs: with this in mind, the sleeve height has been decreased for further cost savings. For additional flexibility and to welcome future needs, the iced tea bottle design has been developed to be applicable to both hot-filling and aseptic packaging production processes.

“We worked hand in hand with Sidel through every stage of the project,” Mr. Fan says. “We especially valued the many meetings we held with the packaging, marketing, and technical teams to define the correct project specifications. Sidel’s quick responses and adaptability to our requirements resulted in a very smooth project management."

In addition to a very close support all along the start-up phase, Sidel provided extensive training of the Jin Mai Lang operators at the customer’s plant to help their workers operate the aseptic lines integrating dry preform decontamination, a technology they were not familiar with. “The two lines have been delivered according to schedule, showing that our combination of customer proximity and global expertise is a winning recipe. Thanks to our strong aftersales support, we achieved production results that exceeded the customer’s expectations. We demonstrated that we are really a customer-centric company” concludes Emily Liu, Sidel Account Manager for Jin Mai Lang.

The future for the leading Chinese beverage producer and Sidel is looking bright: they were extremely pleased with the successful cooperation, so much so that they opted for three further Sidel complete aseptic PET lines, all delivering 60,000 bph, and even selected Sidel as one of their strategic packaging and mould suppliers for the next three years.

 

Pat Reynolds
VP Editor Emeritus
[post_excerpt] => China’s Jin Mai Lang recently installed two complete aseptic PET lines, both leveraging Sidel’s dry preform decontamination system known as Aseptic Combi Predis™.These Sidel lines, both integrated with Tetra Pak Processing System technologies, deliver ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 14:53:37 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 14:53:37 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 14:53:37 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 14:53:37 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100011 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/worlds-fastest-aseptic-pet-lines-dry-preform-decontamination#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/worlds-fastest-aseptic-pet-lines-dry-preform-decontamination [syndication_item_hash] => f66a1710f6a28b08d3363c7c1c6e2d6a ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/jin_mai_1.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/jin_mai_1.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/worlds-fastest-aseptic-pet-lines-dry-preform-decontamination#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/worlds-fastest-aseptic-pet-lines-dry-preform-decontamination [syndication_item_hash] => f66a1710f6a28b08d3363c7c1c6e2d6a )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :World’s Fastest Aseptic PET Lines with Dry Preform Decontamination

Array ( [post_title] => World’s Fastest Aseptic PET Lines with Dry Preform Decontamination [post_content] =>

Jin Mai Lang's new bottle design is aimed at attracting younger consumers.
China’s Jin Mai Lang recently installed two complete aseptic PET lines, both leveraging Sidel’s dry preform decontamination system known as Aseptic Combi Predis™.

These Sidel lines, both integrated with Tetra Pak Processing System technologies, deliver an impressive production output of 60,000 bottles/hr – making them the world’s fastest aseptic PET lines with dry preform decontamination for low-acid products. These complete solutions, alongside newly designed PET bottles, another courtesy of Sidel, helped the key player in the Chinese beverage market to increase production capacity of their low- and high-acid products packaged in PET, while lowering their Total Cost of Ownership (TCO). Impressed by the benefits gained through this installation, Jin Mai Lang recently invested in another three Sidel aseptic complete lines, running at the same speed.

The Chinese beverage market grew significantly between 2017 and 2018, experiencing +3% in sales volume and +5% in sales value. This positive trajectory was mainly driven by a few beverage categories, including RTD tea which showed a remarkable 7% growth within a single year. It is no surprise then that one of the biggest Chinese beverage and food manufacturers, Jin Mai Lang, recently needed to increase their production capacity around their black and green tea, plus various kinds of flavoured water, to match the rising local demands.

Even before this recent installation, Jin Mai Lang was bottling in PET through Sidel’s hot-fill, wet aseptic, and ultraclean technologies. “We started our successful partnership with Sidel back in 2006,”remembers Xianguo Fan, Chairman of Jin Mai Lang. “Thanks to this 13-year cooperation, which has been materialized in many repeat orders, we currently have more than fifty pieces of Sidel equipment running in our factories, including seven complete PET ultraclean lines and 20 hot-fill PET lines. Over the years, we have built complete confidence in Sidel, recognising the quality and the reliability of their equipment, their innovation-driven mind set, as well as their local support and service capabilities.”

For this new installation, the Chinese beverage company chose Sidel’s proven, safe, and sustainable Aseptic Combi Predis within the two complete aseptic PET lines, benefitting from dry preform decontamination. The lines have been installed in the company’s factories in Tianchang and Cuiping, located in the Anhui and Henan Province, respectively.

“We wanted to minimize our TCO by relying on a sustainable and energy efficient piece of equipment that uses very few chemicals and no water during production. For us, this choice translated to significant savings,” Mr. Fan explains. As an FDA-validated solution already accounting for more than 150 references globally, the Sidel Aseptic Combi Predis offers versatile production to the top Chinese player, who is now able to manage six different SKUs, including three different bottle designs for the 500-mL format and a total of six different flavours. This flexibility is also made possible by significantly reduced changeover times: less than 30 min are required for a bottle format changeover on the Combi. In addition, to secure maximum uptime without compromising absolute food safety, the Aseptic Combi Predis units integrated in both complete PET lines at Jin Mai Lang’s factories have already been successfully validated for 165 continuous production hours.

Benefitting from more than 40 years of experience in aseptic complete lines and thousands of installations successfully operating worldwide, Sidel designed the new lines around Jin Mai Lang’s specific requirements, starting with the customer’s need for maximum performance. Safe and hygienic, the two lines offer an integrated solution from product preparation and treatment through the packaging line up to tertiary packaging. On top of the Aseptic Combi Predis solution, both Sidel lines integrate Tetra Pak Processing Systems (TPPS) technologies, the CapdisTM dry cap decontamination system,a sleever, as well as wrap-around packer and palletizing equipment. Most important, the lines are extremely flexible, allowing the production of all the low acid-products in the company’s portfolio. Moreover, they are engineered for long-term performance, improving OEE while minimizing TCO. The two complete aseptic PET lines started production between the end of 2018 and mid-2019, both featuring more than 95% efficiency while delivering 60,000 bottles/hr.

When highlighting the second big challenge for this customer, Steven Xie, Sidel Packaging Director, explains, “Jin Mai Lang also wanted to refresh the ten-year-old designs applied to their iced and green tea PET bottles. They realised they were no longer perceived as eye-catching by young local consumers, who represent their target group. To address this, Sidel provided a 360° packaging service including more than 15 conceptual and technical designs, pilot bottle tests, and three pilot molds. By taking advantage of the freedom of shape offered by the PET dry preform decontamination process, we helped the customer revamp their product range without increasing the bottle weight, which stays below 18 grams.”

The result is a very modern and dynamic look and feel for increased attractiveness and brand recognition on crowded retailer shelves. A clean and round shoulder is now combined with a bottle base enriched with an embossed pair of glasses, appealing to younger generations of consumers. Economic benefits were also high on the agenda when developing the designs: with this in mind, the sleeve height has been decreased for further cost savings. For additional flexibility and to welcome future needs, the iced tea bottle design has been developed to be applicable to both hot-filling and aseptic packaging production processes.

“We worked hand in hand with Sidel through every stage of the project,” Mr. Fan says. “We especially valued the many meetings we held with the packaging, marketing, and technical teams to define the correct project specifications. Sidel’s quick responses and adaptability to our requirements resulted in a very smooth project management."

In addition to a very close support all along the start-up phase, Sidel provided extensive training of the Jin Mai Lang operators at the customer’s plant to help their workers operate the aseptic lines integrating dry preform decontamination, a technology they were not familiar with. “The two lines have been delivered according to schedule, showing that our combination of customer proximity and global expertise is a winning recipe. Thanks to our strong aftersales support, we achieved production results that exceeded the customer’s expectations. We demonstrated that we are really a customer-centric company” concludes Emily Liu, Sidel Account Manager for Jin Mai Lang.

The future for the leading Chinese beverage producer and Sidel is looking bright: they were extremely pleased with the successful cooperation, so much so that they opted for three further Sidel complete aseptic PET lines, all delivering 60,000 bph, and even selected Sidel as one of their strategic packaging and mould suppliers for the next three years.

 

Pat Reynolds
VP Editor Emeritus
[post_excerpt] => China’s Jin Mai Lang recently installed two complete aseptic PET lines, both leveraging Sidel’s dry preform decontamination system known as Aseptic Combi Predis™.These Sidel lines, both integrated with Tetra Pak Processing System technologies, deliver ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 14:53:37 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 14:53:37 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 14:53:37 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 14:53:37 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100011 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/worlds-fastest-aseptic-pet-lines-dry-preform-decontamination#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/worlds-fastest-aseptic-pet-lines-dry-preform-decontamination [syndication_item_hash] => f66a1710f6a28b08d3363c7c1c6e2d6a [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Folding Carton Market Growth Driven by High Demand in Asia-Pacific

Array ( [post_title] => Folding Carton Market Growth Driven by High Demand in Asia-Pacific [post_content] =>

Folding Carton Market Growth Driven by High Demand in Asia-Pacific
The cartonboard packaging industry will experience high growth at the end-user level, exceeding $110 billion in 2019 and approaching $150 billion in 2024.

This content was submitted directly to this Web site by Smithers.

According to Smithers’ latest report, The Future of Folding Cartons to 2024, this growth is largely driven by an increasing demand in emerging regions, especially Asia-Pacific, where an additional 11 million tonnes of material, worth over $20 billion at current prices and exchange rates, will be required to meet demand relative to 2019 volumes.

Asia-Pacific was responsible for 58% of the market share in 2018, and is expected to make up 64% of the market share in 2024. North America and Western Europe made up 15% and 11% respectively in 2018, and their market shares are expected to decline to 12% and 9% respectively. The rest of the world will collectively experience a miniscule decline, from 16% in 2018 to 15% in 2024.

Drive for sustainability

The sustainability movement is creating opportunities for folding cartons a as more environmentally friendly alternative to thermoformed foamed polystyrene (PS) and plastic.

As shareholders demand more sustainable packaging, many companies and corporations are recognizing that sustainable business practices can improve financial performance. They are adopting explicit sustainability goals, hiring specialist teams and providing regular feedback to their corporate stakeholders on their progress toward achieving these goals.

In the fresh and fast food markets, cartonboard is replacing foam clam-shell cartons and trays with stretch wrap. While not yet a common alternative, cartonboard trays are available in both folding carton and micro-flute formats, white or brown, printed or plain, and many suppliers have already taken advantage of the gap created by the demise of the foamed PS clam-shell and tray and other plastic formats.

To learn more about key growth drivers and trends in the packaging industry, please visit https://www.smithers.com/services/market-reports/packaging.

[post_excerpt] => The cartonboard packaging industry will experience high growth at the end-user level, exceeding $110 billion in 2019 and approaching $150 billion in 2024.This content was submitted directly to this Web site by Smithers. According to Smithers’ latest r... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 13:57:14 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 13:57:14 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 13:57:14 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 13:57:14 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100006 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/folding-carton-market-growth-driven-high-demand-asia-pacific-0#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/folding-carton-market-growth-driven-high-demand-asia-pacific-0 [syndication_item_hash] => 0a98285cc73f91c76e6205126a62ce65 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/screen_shot_2019-10-25_at_8.54.18_am_0.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/screen_shot_2019-10-25_at_8.54.18_am_0.png

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/folding-carton-market-growth-driven-high-demand-asia-pacific-0#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/folding-carton-market-growth-driven-high-demand-asia-pacific-0 [syndication_item_hash] => 0a98285cc73f91c76e6205126a62ce65 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Folding Carton Market Growth Driven by High Demand in Asia-Pacific

Array ( [post_title] => Folding Carton Market Growth Driven by High Demand in Asia-Pacific [post_content] =>

Folding Carton Market Growth Driven by High Demand in Asia-Pacific
The cartonboard packaging industry will experience high growth at the end-user level, exceeding $110 billion in 2019 and approaching $150 billion in 2024.

This content was submitted directly to this Web site by Smithers.

According to Smithers’ latest report, The Future of Folding Cartons to 2024, this growth is largely driven by an increasing demand in emerging regions, especially Asia-Pacific, where an additional 11 million tonnes of material, worth over $20 billion at current prices and exchange rates, will be required to meet demand relative to 2019 volumes.

Asia-Pacific was responsible for 58% of the market share in 2018, and is expected to make up 64% of the market share in 2024. North America and Western Europe made up 15% and 11% respectively in 2018, and their market shares are expected to decline to 12% and 9% respectively. The rest of the world will collectively experience a miniscule decline, from 16% in 2018 to 15% in 2024.

Drive for sustainability

The sustainability movement is creating opportunities for folding cartons a as more environmentally friendly alternative to thermoformed foamed polystyrene (PS) and plastic.

As shareholders demand more sustainable packaging, many companies and corporations are recognizing that sustainable business practices can improve financial performance. They are adopting explicit sustainability goals, hiring specialist teams and providing regular feedback to their corporate stakeholders on their progress toward achieving these goals.

In the fresh and fast food markets, cartonboard is replacing foam clam-shell cartons and trays with stretch wrap. While not yet a common alternative, cartonboard trays are available in both folding carton and micro-flute formats, white or brown, printed or plain, and many suppliers have already taken advantage of the gap created by the demise of the foamed PS clam-shell and tray and other plastic formats.

To learn more about key growth drivers and trends in the packaging industry, please visit https://www.smithers.com/services/market-reports/packaging.

[post_excerpt] => The cartonboard packaging industry will experience high growth at the end-user level, exceeding $110 billion in 2019 and approaching $150 billion in 2024.This content was submitted directly to this Web site by Smithers. According to Smithers’ latest r... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 13:57:14 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 13:57:14 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 13:57:14 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 13:57:14 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 100006 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/folding-carton-market-growth-driven-high-demand-asia-pacific-0#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/folding-carton-market-growth-driven-high-demand-asia-pacific-0 [syndication_item_hash] => 0a98285cc73f91c76e6205126a62ce65 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Yaskawa America: Linear Servo Motor Stage

Array ( [post_title] => Yaskawa America: Linear Servo Motor Stage [post_content] =>

Sigma Trac II
Yaskawa adds the Sigma Trac II series linear servo motors stage to its Sigma-7 servo line. It combines a Yaskawa SGLF2 series linear motor with linear bearings, high resolution absolute optical scale, cable management, and optional bellows to create a turnkey linear stage.

Leveraging the industry-leading performance of Sigma-7 servo amplifiers, system designers and automation end users can design smaller, faster, more accurate linear motion systems for additive manufacturing, packaging, material handling, machining, and assembly applications.

Features include:

• Peak force output up to 540 N

• Speeds up to 5 m/s

• High reliability with 10 million double-stroke design life

• Absolute encoder feedback with 9.765 nm resolution

• Zero maintenance

• Integrated cable management

• Stroke lengths up to 1340 mm

• Optional bellows and X-Y adapter kit

Sigma Trac II with XY Adapter Kit

“Our expertly designed, manufactured, and tested mechatronic solutions can reduce your time-to-market”, stated Bryan Knight, Linear and Direct Drive Product Marketing Manager. “This new linear stage design will allow machine builders to create innovative mechanisms that are smaller and faster than ever before.” By using the latest linear motor and magnet technology, Yaskawa has packed more performance in a smaller, lighter linear motor. When combined with Sigma-7 servo amplifiers, Sigma Trac II linear motor stages provide short settling time for greater repeatability in highly dynamic movements that are typical in packaging, assembly, and additive manufacturing applications. Sigma Trac II stages are available in 3 coil sizes and 13 base lengths, making it is easy to select the optimal linear servo motor stage for your application.

[post_excerpt] => Yaskawa adds the Sigma Trac II series linear servo motors stage to its Sigma-7 servo line. It combines a Yaskawa SGLF2 series linear motor with linear bearings, high resolution absolute optical scale, cable management, and optional bellows to create a ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 12:00:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 12:00:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 12:00:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 12:00:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99986 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/yaskawa-america-linear-servo-motor-stage#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/yaskawa-america-linear-servo-motor-stage [syndication_item_hash] => d7f94f99729308754ed4be64691833eb ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/sigma_trac_ii.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/sigma_trac_ii.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/yaskawa-america-linear-servo-motor-stage#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/yaskawa-america-linear-servo-motor-stage [syndication_item_hash] => d7f94f99729308754ed4be64691833eb )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Yaskawa America: Linear Servo Motor Stage

Array ( [post_title] => Yaskawa America: Linear Servo Motor Stage [post_content] =>

Sigma Trac II
Yaskawa adds the Sigma Trac II series linear servo motors stage to its Sigma-7 servo line. It combines a Yaskawa SGLF2 series linear motor with linear bearings, high resolution absolute optical scale, cable management, and optional bellows to create a turnkey linear stage.

Leveraging the industry-leading performance of Sigma-7 servo amplifiers, system designers and automation end users can design smaller, faster, more accurate linear motion systems for additive manufacturing, packaging, material handling, machining, and assembly applications.

Features include:

• Peak force output up to 540 N

• Speeds up to 5 m/s

• High reliability with 10 million double-stroke design life

• Absolute encoder feedback with 9.765 nm resolution

• Zero maintenance

• Integrated cable management

• Stroke lengths up to 1340 mm

• Optional bellows and X-Y adapter kit

Sigma Trac II with XY Adapter Kit

“Our expertly designed, manufactured, and tested mechatronic solutions can reduce your time-to-market”, stated Bryan Knight, Linear and Direct Drive Product Marketing Manager. “This new linear stage design will allow machine builders to create innovative mechanisms that are smaller and faster than ever before.” By using the latest linear motor and magnet technology, Yaskawa has packed more performance in a smaller, lighter linear motor. When combined with Sigma-7 servo amplifiers, Sigma Trac II linear motor stages provide short settling time for greater repeatability in highly dynamic movements that are typical in packaging, assembly, and additive manufacturing applications. Sigma Trac II stages are available in 3 coil sizes and 13 base lengths, making it is easy to select the optimal linear servo motor stage for your application.

[post_excerpt] => Yaskawa adds the Sigma Trac II series linear servo motors stage to its Sigma-7 servo line. It combines a Yaskawa SGLF2 series linear motor with linear bearings, high resolution absolute optical scale, cable management, and optional bellows to create a ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-25 12:00:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-25 12:00:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-25 12:00:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-25 12:00:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99986 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/yaskawa-america-linear-servo-motor-stage#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/yaskawa-america-linear-servo-motor-stage [syndication_item_hash] => d7f94f99729308754ed4be64691833eb [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

P&G Home Care Brands in Europe to Use Up to 100% PCR by Early 2020

Array ( [post_title] => P&G Home Care Brands in Europe to Use Up to 100% PCR by Early 2020 [post_content] =>

In the U.K., Fairy is converting its bottles to 100% PCR in its most popular sizes.
P&G announces it will be making 300 million bottles per year for its Fairy dish detergent and Flash and Viakal surface cleaners out of recycled plastic by early 2020.

The Procter & Gamble Company has announced it will more than double the amount of recycled plastic in its packaging for household cleaning brands in Europe by early 2020. P&G brands Fairy liquid dish detergent and Flash and Viakal surface cleaning products will increase the use of recycled plastic to nearly 10,000 tons of post-consumer resin (PCR) and post-industrial resin (PIR), replacing virgin plastic in the supply chain. According to P&G, this is equal to the amount of waste generated by 6.5 million Europeans per day.

In the U.K., Fairy is converting its bottles to 100% PCR in its most popular sizes. Flash and Viakal are converting to 100% recycled plastic in its white and transparent bottles and 50% PIR in all translucent bottles. In total, 300 million bottles across P&G’s European household cleaning brands will be converted annually to either 100% recycled or partially-recycled plastic. Additionally, all surface cleaning wipes will be made of 100% recycled fiber.

According to the company, this is a key milestone in helping to reach its Ambition 2030 commitment of reducing the amount of virgin plastic in all packaging by 50% by 2030. “We are proud of this significant milestone across our cleaning products, as we know with our immense scale we can create a positive impact,” notes Elvan Onal, P&G Vice President for Home Care products in Europe. “Our work in minimizing our footprint goes beyond just the bottle—through our Life Cycle Assessment [LCA], we look holistically at our impact from product design to transit to consumer use, all the way through to end of life to ensure we are responsible stewards of our resources from beginning to end.”

Through LCA findings, P&G learned that the biggest footprint reduction opportunity for home care cleaning products is during the consumer in-use phase, when high amounts of water may be used at home, and often at high temperatures. Therefore, P&G household cleaning product formulas have been optimized to work at low temperatures. According to the company, U.K. consumers wash dishes on average at 117°F; by using Fairy at lower temperatures, consumers can cut their carbon footprint by up to 50%. Similarly, 90% of U.K. consumers wash their floor with warm or hot water. Says P&G, Flash is designed to deliver “brilliant” cleaning at low temperatures, allowing consumers to save on energy.

“Based on our LCA, there is tremendous opportunity for us to build in sustainability through our product performance, saving consumers on energy and water,” continues Onal. “We want to delight our consumers instead of making consumers choose between an environmentally friendly product and one which has the performance they need and love. We welcome this challenge because we know if we make smarter products that work more efficiently, consumers can minimize compensating behaviors and in turn, lower their footprint.”

Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => P&G announces it will be making 300 million bottles per year for its Fairy dish detergent and Flash and Viakal surface cleaners out of recycled plastic by early 2020.The Procter & Gamble Company has announced it will more than double the amount of ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-24 19:56:38 [post_date] => 2019-10-24 19:56:38 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-24 19:56:38 [post_modified] => 2019-10-24 19:56:38 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99996 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pg-home-care-brands-europe-use-100-pcr-early-2020#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pg-home-care-brands-europe-use-100-pcr-early-2020 [syndication_item_hash] => accd1326005080bcec8606e8e4c70fed ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/uk_dish_web_0.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/uk_dish_web_0.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pg-home-care-brands-europe-use-100-pcr-early-2020#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pg-home-care-brands-europe-use-100-pcr-early-2020 [syndication_item_hash] => accd1326005080bcec8606e8e4c70fed )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :P&G Home Care Brands in Europe to Use Up to 100% PCR by Early 2020

Array ( [post_title] => P&G Home Care Brands in Europe to Use Up to 100% PCR by Early 2020 [post_content] =>

In the U.K., Fairy is converting its bottles to 100% PCR in its most popular sizes.
P&G announces it will be making 300 million bottles per year for its Fairy dish detergent and Flash and Viakal surface cleaners out of recycled plastic by early 2020.

The Procter & Gamble Company has announced it will more than double the amount of recycled plastic in its packaging for household cleaning brands in Europe by early 2020. P&G brands Fairy liquid dish detergent and Flash and Viakal surface cleaning products will increase the use of recycled plastic to nearly 10,000 tons of post-consumer resin (PCR) and post-industrial resin (PIR), replacing virgin plastic in the supply chain. According to P&G, this is equal to the amount of waste generated by 6.5 million Europeans per day.

In the U.K., Fairy is converting its bottles to 100% PCR in its most popular sizes. Flash and Viakal are converting to 100% recycled plastic in its white and transparent bottles and 50% PIR in all translucent bottles. In total, 300 million bottles across P&G’s European household cleaning brands will be converted annually to either 100% recycled or partially-recycled plastic. Additionally, all surface cleaning wipes will be made of 100% recycled fiber.

According to the company, this is a key milestone in helping to reach its Ambition 2030 commitment of reducing the amount of virgin plastic in all packaging by 50% by 2030. “We are proud of this significant milestone across our cleaning products, as we know with our immense scale we can create a positive impact,” notes Elvan Onal, P&G Vice President for Home Care products in Europe. “Our work in minimizing our footprint goes beyond just the bottle—through our Life Cycle Assessment [LCA], we look holistically at our impact from product design to transit to consumer use, all the way through to end of life to ensure we are responsible stewards of our resources from beginning to end.”

Through LCA findings, P&G learned that the biggest footprint reduction opportunity for home care cleaning products is during the consumer in-use phase, when high amounts of water may be used at home, and often at high temperatures. Therefore, P&G household cleaning product formulas have been optimized to work at low temperatures. According to the company, U.K. consumers wash dishes on average at 117°F; by using Fairy at lower temperatures, consumers can cut their carbon footprint by up to 50%. Similarly, 90% of U.K. consumers wash their floor with warm or hot water. Says P&G, Flash is designed to deliver “brilliant” cleaning at low temperatures, allowing consumers to save on energy.

“Based on our LCA, there is tremendous opportunity for us to build in sustainability through our product performance, saving consumers on energy and water,” continues Onal. “We want to delight our consumers instead of making consumers choose between an environmentally friendly product and one which has the performance they need and love. We welcome this challenge because we know if we make smarter products that work more efficiently, consumers can minimize compensating behaviors and in turn, lower their footprint.”

Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => P&G announces it will be making 300 million bottles per year for its Fairy dish detergent and Flash and Viakal surface cleaners out of recycled plastic by early 2020.The Procter & Gamble Company has announced it will more than double the amount of ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-24 19:56:38 [post_date] => 2019-10-24 19:56:38 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-24 19:56:38 [post_modified] => 2019-10-24 19:56:38 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99996 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pg-home-care-brands-europe-use-100-pcr-early-2020#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pg-home-care-brands-europe-use-100-pcr-early-2020 [syndication_item_hash] => accd1326005080bcec8606e8e4c70fed [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Premier processing event slated for 2021 return

Array ( [post_title] => Premier processing event slated for 2021 return [post_content] =>

ProFood Tech 2021 Brings Processing Solutions to Key Decision Makers
ProFood Tech 2021 brings processing solutions to key decision makers

Exhibit sales are open for the return of ProFood Tech (April 13-15, 2021; McCormick Place, Chicago). Following one of the most influential events for food and beverage companies in 2019, ProFood Tech 2021 is set to attract an increasing number of executive-level decision makers with significant influence and purchasing power.

Produced by three of the world’s trade show leaders – PACK EXPO, Koelnmesse (organizer of Anuga) and the International Dairy Foods Association (IDFA), ProFood Tech 2021 will display the future of food and beverage processing, drawing 6,000 professionals. The three-day event provides the unique opportunity for suppliers from across the globe to display their latest technologies in action for food and beverage manufacturers. More than just a trade show, ProFood Tech expands invaluable industry knowledge and connections through world-class education on the latest industry trends, engaging receptions and award ceremonies.

“ProFood Tech has quickly become the place to see all that is new and innovative in food and beverage processing,” says Jim Pittas, president and CEO, PMMI, The Association for Packaging and Processing Technologies and the organizer of the PACK EXPO portfolio of trade shows. “The show continues to attract senior-level decision-makers who find value in an event where they can find all the solutions they are looking for under one roof. Our partnership with Koelnmesse and IDFA has resulted in an event that meets the needs of the processing community and brings the industry together to address its most critical issues and challenges.”

The three-day event spans nearly 120,000 net square feet of exhibit space and is expected to draw 450 of the top processing suppliers. For more information and to reserve your space, visit profoodtech.com.

Sean Riley
Sr. Director, Media and Industry Communications
[post_excerpt] => ProFood Tech 2021 brings processing solutions to key decision makers Exhibit sales are open for the return of ProFood Tech (April 13-15, 2021; McCormick Place, Chicago). Following one of the most influential events for food and beverage companies in 20... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-24 15:33:16 [post_date] => 2019-10-24 15:33:16 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-24 15:33:16 [post_modified] => 2019-10-24 15:33:16 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99941 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/premier-processing-event-slated-2021-return#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/premier-processing-event-slated-2021-return [syndication_item_hash] => fa4992b5fe7ea9d50c08d96bf614cfce ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/pft_logotagdlprtnrs_vert.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/pft_logotagdlprtnrs_vert.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/premier-processing-event-slated-2021-return#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/premier-processing-event-slated-2021-return [syndication_item_hash] => fa4992b5fe7ea9d50c08d96bf614cfce )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Premier processing event slated for 2021 return

Array ( [post_title] => Premier processing event slated for 2021 return [post_content] =>

ProFood Tech 2021 Brings Processing Solutions to Key Decision Makers
ProFood Tech 2021 brings processing solutions to key decision makers

Exhibit sales are open for the return of ProFood Tech (April 13-15, 2021; McCormick Place, Chicago). Following one of the most influential events for food and beverage companies in 2019, ProFood Tech 2021 is set to attract an increasing number of executive-level decision makers with significant influence and purchasing power.

Produced by three of the world’s trade show leaders – PACK EXPO, Koelnmesse (organizer of Anuga) and the International Dairy Foods Association (IDFA), ProFood Tech 2021 will display the future of food and beverage processing, drawing 6,000 professionals. The three-day event provides the unique opportunity for suppliers from across the globe to display their latest technologies in action for food and beverage manufacturers. More than just a trade show, ProFood Tech expands invaluable industry knowledge and connections through world-class education on the latest industry trends, engaging receptions and award ceremonies.

“ProFood Tech has quickly become the place to see all that is new and innovative in food and beverage processing,” says Jim Pittas, president and CEO, PMMI, The Association for Packaging and Processing Technologies and the organizer of the PACK EXPO portfolio of trade shows. “The show continues to attract senior-level decision-makers who find value in an event where they can find all the solutions they are looking for under one roof. Our partnership with Koelnmesse and IDFA has resulted in an event that meets the needs of the processing community and brings the industry together to address its most critical issues and challenges.”

The three-day event spans nearly 120,000 net square feet of exhibit space and is expected to draw 450 of the top processing suppliers. For more information and to reserve your space, visit profoodtech.com.

Sean Riley
Sr. Director, Media and Industry Communications
[post_excerpt] => ProFood Tech 2021 brings processing solutions to key decision makers Exhibit sales are open for the return of ProFood Tech (April 13-15, 2021; McCormick Place, Chicago). Following one of the most influential events for food and beverage companies in 20... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-24 15:33:16 [post_date] => 2019-10-24 15:33:16 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-24 15:33:16 [post_modified] => 2019-10-24 15:33:16 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99941 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/premier-processing-event-slated-2021-return#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/premier-processing-event-slated-2021-return [syndication_item_hash] => fa4992b5fe7ea9d50c08d96bf614cfce [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Honeywell: Camera-based detection system

Array ( [post_title] => Honeywell: Camera-based detection system [post_content] =>

TotalVision
Honeywell, in collaboration with Papertech, launches TotalVision, a connected, camera-based detection system for the flat sheet industries that enables users to identify and resolve defects on the production line.

The fully integrated total quality control solution is designed for flat sheet and film processes in which surface detection and production break monitoring capabilities are critical for competitive success. This new solution is designed for paper, pulp, tissue, board, extruded film, calendaring, lithium-ion battery, copper, and aluminium foil producers.

Combining Honeywell’s ExperionMX™ technology with market-leading Papertech’s TotalVision™ defect detection and event capturing capabilities, the solution provides a single-window operating environment for all aspects of process and quality control. Customers benefit from faster root cause determination of runnability and quality problems, thereby saving significant time in lost or downgraded production. When integrated with connected offerings such as Honeywell QCS 4.0, system data and analytics can be accessed anytime, anywhere, from any device.

“Honeywell represents an ideal collaborator for Papertech as our industry-leading WebInspector WIS and our WebVision web monitoring system (WMS) single platform TotalVision™ camera system seamlessly integrate with Honeywell’s quality control systems for a range of industries,” said Kari Hilden, CEO of Papertech Inc. “We look forward to working with the global Honeywell team and their customers.”

Honeywell will continue to support existing camera system users with parts and services, while offering an easy migration path to the new solution. Given the collaborative nature of the agreement, customers can choose to take a single party, single-window approach or to engage with Honeywell and Papertech separately.

“As the world moves from plastic to biomaterial-based packaging, and from hydrocarbon-based transportation to electric vehicles, flat sheet producers are under increased pressure to ensure output consistently meets a variety of performance and safety requirements,” said Michael Kennelly, global business leader for sheet, film and foil industries, Honeywell Process Solutions. “By bringing together Honeywell’s core strengths of measurement, control, connected applications and services in flat sheet production with Papertech’s leadership in web monitoring and inspection systems, we uniquely provide customers with that capability along with industry-beating lifecycle costs.”

[post_excerpt] => Honeywell, in collaboration with Papertech, launches TotalVision, a connected, camera-based detection system for the flat sheet industries that enables users to identify and resolve defects on the production line.The fully integrated total quality cont... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-24 15:10:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-24 15:10:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-24 15:10:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-24 15:10:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99916 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/honeywell-camera-based-detection-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/honeywell-camera-based-detection-system [syndication_item_hash] => 5f6787fafc525492da10e9251c13d4ea ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/web_inspection-white_pigeon-300-dpi.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/web_inspection-white_pigeon-300-dpi.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/honeywell-camera-based-detection-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/honeywell-camera-based-detection-system [syndication_item_hash] => 5f6787fafc525492da10e9251c13d4ea )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Honeywell: Camera-based detection system

Array ( [post_title] => Honeywell: Camera-based detection system [post_content] =>

TotalVision
Honeywell, in collaboration with Papertech, launches TotalVision, a connected, camera-based detection system for the flat sheet industries that enables users to identify and resolve defects on the production line.

The fully integrated total quality control solution is designed for flat sheet and film processes in which surface detection and production break monitoring capabilities are critical for competitive success. This new solution is designed for paper, pulp, tissue, board, extruded film, calendaring, lithium-ion battery, copper, and aluminium foil producers.

Combining Honeywell’s ExperionMX™ technology with market-leading Papertech’s TotalVision™ defect detection and event capturing capabilities, the solution provides a single-window operating environment for all aspects of process and quality control. Customers benefit from faster root cause determination of runnability and quality problems, thereby saving significant time in lost or downgraded production. When integrated with connected offerings such as Honeywell QCS 4.0, system data and analytics can be accessed anytime, anywhere, from any device.

“Honeywell represents an ideal collaborator for Papertech as our industry-leading WebInspector WIS and our WebVision web monitoring system (WMS) single platform TotalVision™ camera system seamlessly integrate with Honeywell’s quality control systems for a range of industries,” said Kari Hilden, CEO of Papertech Inc. “We look forward to working with the global Honeywell team and their customers.”

Honeywell will continue to support existing camera system users with parts and services, while offering an easy migration path to the new solution. Given the collaborative nature of the agreement, customers can choose to take a single party, single-window approach or to engage with Honeywell and Papertech separately.

“As the world moves from plastic to biomaterial-based packaging, and from hydrocarbon-based transportation to electric vehicles, flat sheet producers are under increased pressure to ensure output consistently meets a variety of performance and safety requirements,” said Michael Kennelly, global business leader for sheet, film and foil industries, Honeywell Process Solutions. “By bringing together Honeywell’s core strengths of measurement, control, connected applications and services in flat sheet production with Papertech’s leadership in web monitoring and inspection systems, we uniquely provide customers with that capability along with industry-beating lifecycle costs.”

[post_excerpt] => Honeywell, in collaboration with Papertech, launches TotalVision, a connected, camera-based detection system for the flat sheet industries that enables users to identify and resolve defects on the production line.The fully integrated total quality cont... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-24 15:10:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-24 15:10:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-24 15:10:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-24 15:10:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99916 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/honeywell-camera-based-detection-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/honeywell-camera-based-detection-system [syndication_item_hash] => 5f6787fafc525492da10e9251c13d4ea [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Technica International: Pallet inspection system

Array ( [post_title] => Technica International: Pallet inspection system [post_content] =>

Pallet inspection system
Technica’s pallet inspection system is designed to inspect wooden or plastic pallets used in factories for major and common defects.

Defective pallets present several problems:

• Stop the line due to fallen product or due to jamming of the conveyors.

• Represent safety hazards during transport and storage.

• Generate waste and quality defects.

• Decrease the OEE of the plant.

Preset quality criteria:

• Clean pallet top surface.

• Structurally solid bottom runners, legs and top planks.

• Removal of protruding nails.

• Dimensional tolerances.

• Load carrying capacity.

Guaranteed results are achieved by using a combination of cameras and laser scanners to check dimensions, and broken parts, and mechanical devices to clean the pallet, remove protruding nails and test the load carrying capacity.

The system can be installed in line for a specific line, or offline, to receive, inspect and sort the pallets of the whole factor.

Rejected pallets are sorted out, stacked and sent out for scrap or maintenance.

Cost-saving calculations have shown a payback period as low as one year, depending on the volumes produced and the quality of the used pallets.

[post_excerpt] => Technica’s pallet inspection system is designed to inspect wooden or plastic pallets used in factories for major and common defects.Defective pallets present several problems: • Stop the line due to fallen product or due to jamming of the conveyors. ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-24 12:56:17 [post_date] => 2019-10-24 12:56:17 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-24 12:56:17 [post_modified] => 2019-10-24 12:56:17 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99926 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/technica-international-pallet-inspection-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/technica-international-pallet-inspection-system [syndication_item_hash] => 0a9f0ffb1b294b1969156bb9e93ab2a5 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/pallet_inspection.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/pallet_inspection.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/technica-international-pallet-inspection-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/technica-international-pallet-inspection-system [syndication_item_hash] => 0a9f0ffb1b294b1969156bb9e93ab2a5 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Technica International: Pallet inspection system

Array ( [post_title] => Technica International: Pallet inspection system [post_content] =>

Pallet inspection system
Technica’s pallet inspection system is designed to inspect wooden or plastic pallets used in factories for major and common defects.

Defective pallets present several problems:

• Stop the line due to fallen product or due to jamming of the conveyors.

• Represent safety hazards during transport and storage.

• Generate waste and quality defects.

• Decrease the OEE of the plant.

Preset quality criteria:

• Clean pallet top surface.

• Structurally solid bottom runners, legs and top planks.

• Removal of protruding nails.

• Dimensional tolerances.

• Load carrying capacity.

Guaranteed results are achieved by using a combination of cameras and laser scanners to check dimensions, and broken parts, and mechanical devices to clean the pallet, remove protruding nails and test the load carrying capacity.

The system can be installed in line for a specific line, or offline, to receive, inspect and sort the pallets of the whole factor.

Rejected pallets are sorted out, stacked and sent out for scrap or maintenance.

Cost-saving calculations have shown a payback period as low as one year, depending on the volumes produced and the quality of the used pallets.

[post_excerpt] => Technica’s pallet inspection system is designed to inspect wooden or plastic pallets used in factories for major and common defects.Defective pallets present several problems: • Stop the line due to fallen product or due to jamming of the conveyors. ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-24 12:56:17 [post_date] => 2019-10-24 12:56:17 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-24 12:56:17 [post_modified] => 2019-10-24 12:56:17 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99926 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/technica-international-pallet-inspection-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/technica-international-pallet-inspection-system [syndication_item_hash] => 0a9f0ffb1b294b1969156bb9e93ab2a5 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Videojet: Adjustable 90-deg printhead for CIJ printers

Array ( [post_title] => Videojet: Adjustable 90-deg printhead for CIJ printers [post_content] =>

Videojet 1860 CIJ printer
Videojet launches an adjustable 90-deg printhead designed for use with the Videojet 1860 CIJ printer. It enables users to adjust the printhead when a coding configuration changes on their packaging or production line.

The Videojet 1860 printer integrates leading on-board intelligence and communication abilities with exciting technology elements to help meet the ever-evolving and expanding needs of manufacturers. This latest printhead development has been designed to make it easier to adjust the line configuration, without additional printer hardware, in order to address a proliferation of pack sizes and SKUs.

The 1860’s optional 90-deg printhead is the latest innovation to the Videojet 1860 product line. The 90-deg design reduces the amount the umbilical is required to bend, thereby limiting the potential for damage to the wiring. This is particularly of benefit in traversing applications that can stress the umbilical repeatedly.

The space-saving design enables the printer to be integrated easily into a line instead of requiring the user to rearrange the line to fit the printer. Adding more coding flexibility, the printhead features a ratcheting design that offers 350-deg rotational movement of the printhead’s nozzle opening. Moreover, the 45-deg slanted design feature on the face of the printhead delivers more mounting options and provides closer proximity to the product on the line. The printhead can get as close as 2mm from the product, even in gable top and other angled packaging applications, enabling crisper, higher quality codes.

The revolutionary nozzle system features a predictive gutter build-up sensor and provides advanced notice of the most common potential fault conditions. Alert notifications are displayed on the printer and can be sent to a smart device, allowing for pre-emptive corrective action during line changeover or other planned production stoppages. In addition, the 1860’s fluid system features a make-up reserve tank that can keep the printer in action for a minimum eight hours of run time under normal operating conditions, even if a supplies refill alert goes unactioned.

[post_excerpt] => Videojet launches an adjustable 90-deg printhead designed for use with the Videojet 1860 CIJ printer. It enables users to adjust the printhead when a coding configuration changes on their packaging or production line.The Videojet 1860 printer integrate... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-24 12:00:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-24 12:00:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-24 12:00:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-24 12:00:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99836 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/videojet-adjustable-90-deg-printhead-cij-printers#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/videojet-adjustable-90-deg-printhead-cij-printers [syndication_item_hash] => 3eaff112a64d3b19c2afaaa0bfd06eef ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/videojet_1860_90-degree-printhead.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/videojet_1860_90-degree-printhead.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/videojet-adjustable-90-deg-printhead-cij-printers#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/videojet-adjustable-90-deg-printhead-cij-printers [syndication_item_hash] => 3eaff112a64d3b19c2afaaa0bfd06eef )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Videojet: Adjustable 90-deg printhead for CIJ printers

Array ( [post_title] => Videojet: Adjustable 90-deg printhead for CIJ printers [post_content] =>

Videojet 1860 CIJ printer
Videojet launches an adjustable 90-deg printhead designed for use with the Videojet 1860 CIJ printer. It enables users to adjust the printhead when a coding configuration changes on their packaging or production line.

The Videojet 1860 printer integrates leading on-board intelligence and communication abilities with exciting technology elements to help meet the ever-evolving and expanding needs of manufacturers. This latest printhead development has been designed to make it easier to adjust the line configuration, without additional printer hardware, in order to address a proliferation of pack sizes and SKUs.

The 1860’s optional 90-deg printhead is the latest innovation to the Videojet 1860 product line. The 90-deg design reduces the amount the umbilical is required to bend, thereby limiting the potential for damage to the wiring. This is particularly of benefit in traversing applications that can stress the umbilical repeatedly.

The space-saving design enables the printer to be integrated easily into a line instead of requiring the user to rearrange the line to fit the printer. Adding more coding flexibility, the printhead features a ratcheting design that offers 350-deg rotational movement of the printhead’s nozzle opening. Moreover, the 45-deg slanted design feature on the face of the printhead delivers more mounting options and provides closer proximity to the product on the line. The printhead can get as close as 2mm from the product, even in gable top and other angled packaging applications, enabling crisper, higher quality codes.

The revolutionary nozzle system features a predictive gutter build-up sensor and provides advanced notice of the most common potential fault conditions. Alert notifications are displayed on the printer and can be sent to a smart device, allowing for pre-emptive corrective action during line changeover or other planned production stoppages. In addition, the 1860’s fluid system features a make-up reserve tank that can keep the printer in action for a minimum eight hours of run time under normal operating conditions, even if a supplies refill alert goes unactioned.

[post_excerpt] => Videojet launches an adjustable 90-deg printhead designed for use with the Videojet 1860 CIJ printer. It enables users to adjust the printhead when a coding configuration changes on their packaging or production line.The Videojet 1860 printer integrate... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-24 12:00:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-24 12:00:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-24 12:00:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-24 12:00:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99836 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/videojet-adjustable-90-deg-printhead-cij-printers#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/videojet-adjustable-90-deg-printhead-cij-printers [syndication_item_hash] => 3eaff112a64d3b19c2afaaa0bfd06eef [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Regina Chain: Dry running resin

Array ( [post_title] => Regina Chain: Dry running resin [post_content] =>

e-F.A.S.T.
Regina Chain, in collaboration with DuPont, offers e-F.A.S.T. thermoplastic used in conveyors for high-speed, dry-running bottling operations.

Today’s standards for high performance filling lines require a combination of high speed and high productivity, while reducing or eliminating lubrication. Regina e-F.A.S.T. is capable of exceeding such standards due to its ability to deliver a much lower and constant coefficient of friction over time in dry or almost dry running conditions vs. other plastic chains.

The bright yellow color helps identify the need for conveyor cleaning.

[post_excerpt] => Regina Chain, in collaboration with DuPont, offers e-F.A.S.T. thermoplastic used in conveyors for high-speed, dry-running bottling operations.Today’s standards for high performance filling lines require a combination of high speed and high productivity... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-23 18:58:50 [post_date] => 2019-10-23 18:58:50 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-23 18:58:50 [post_modified] => 2019-10-23 18:58:50 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99906 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/regina-chain-dry-running-resin#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/regina-chain-dry-running-resin [syndication_item_hash] => fb95b2f1f27771112995f3334b20c0fe ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/f.a.s.t.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/f.a.s.t.png

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/regina-chain-dry-running-resin#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/regina-chain-dry-running-resin [syndication_item_hash] => fb95b2f1f27771112995f3334b20c0fe )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Regina Chain: Dry running resin

Array ( [post_title] => Regina Chain: Dry running resin [post_content] =>

e-F.A.S.T.
Regina Chain, in collaboration with DuPont, offers e-F.A.S.T. thermoplastic used in conveyors for high-speed, dry-running bottling operations.

Today’s standards for high performance filling lines require a combination of high speed and high productivity, while reducing or eliminating lubrication. Regina e-F.A.S.T. is capable of exceeding such standards due to its ability to deliver a much lower and constant coefficient of friction over time in dry or almost dry running conditions vs. other plastic chains.

The bright yellow color helps identify the need for conveyor cleaning.

[post_excerpt] => Regina Chain, in collaboration with DuPont, offers e-F.A.S.T. thermoplastic used in conveyors for high-speed, dry-running bottling operations.Today’s standards for high performance filling lines require a combination of high speed and high productivity... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-23 18:58:50 [post_date] => 2019-10-23 18:58:50 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-23 18:58:50 [post_modified] => 2019-10-23 18:58:50 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99906 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/regina-chain-dry-running-resin#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/regina-chain-dry-running-resin [syndication_item_hash] => fb95b2f1f27771112995f3334b20c0fe [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

EndFlex: Palletizer

Array ( [post_title] => EndFlex: Palletizer [post_content] =>

Z.ZAG palletizer
EndFlex’s Z.ZAG palletizer automatically uses vacuum generators to pick up cases one at a time and place them on a pallet from above. Its suction capacity is capable of lifting 40-lb boxes at speeds up to 360 boxes/hr.

The position of each case is calculated automatically according to the desired pattern and the dimensions of the case—the Z.ZAG palletizer locates all cases on one pallet and upon completion will start filling the next pallet as the first pallet is replaced. Placing this end of line application at the end of each production line is less costly than using conveyors to transport cases to an expensive high-speed palletizer.

Designed to SCARA Standards in a compact footprint, the Z.ZAG is created for multiple pack patterns for both column-stacked and interlocked configurations. Servo-driven with PLC controls and a color touch screen make setting up and operating the palletizer extremely user-friendly.

[post_excerpt] => EndFlex’s Z.ZAG palletizer automatically uses vacuum generators to pick up cases one at a time and place them on a pallet from above. Its suction capacity is capable of lifting 40-lb boxes at speeds up to 360 boxes/hr.The position of each case is calcu... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-23 18:22:01 [post_date] => 2019-10-23 18:22:01 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-23 18:22:01 [post_modified] => 2019-10-23 18:22:01 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99896 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/endflex-palletizer#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/endflex-palletizer [syndication_item_hash] => ba0626c772d0617d5c75bfd8b2008ba2 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/palletizer_0.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/palletizer_0.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/endflex-palletizer#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/endflex-palletizer [syndication_item_hash] => ba0626c772d0617d5c75bfd8b2008ba2 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :EndFlex: Palletizer

Array ( [post_title] => EndFlex: Palletizer [post_content] =>

Z.ZAG palletizer
EndFlex’s Z.ZAG palletizer automatically uses vacuum generators to pick up cases one at a time and place them on a pallet from above. Its suction capacity is capable of lifting 40-lb boxes at speeds up to 360 boxes/hr.

The position of each case is calculated automatically according to the desired pattern and the dimensions of the case—the Z.ZAG palletizer locates all cases on one pallet and upon completion will start filling the next pallet as the first pallet is replaced. Placing this end of line application at the end of each production line is less costly than using conveyors to transport cases to an expensive high-speed palletizer.

Designed to SCARA Standards in a compact footprint, the Z.ZAG is created for multiple pack patterns for both column-stacked and interlocked configurations. Servo-driven with PLC controls and a color touch screen make setting up and operating the palletizer extremely user-friendly.

[post_excerpt] => EndFlex’s Z.ZAG palletizer automatically uses vacuum generators to pick up cases one at a time and place them on a pallet from above. Its suction capacity is capable of lifting 40-lb boxes at speeds up to 360 boxes/hr.The position of each case is calcu... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-23 18:22:01 [post_date] => 2019-10-23 18:22:01 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-23 18:22:01 [post_modified] => 2019-10-23 18:22:01 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99896 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/endflex-palletizer#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/endflex-palletizer [syndication_item_hash] => ba0626c772d0617d5c75bfd8b2008ba2 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

HMC Products: Smart conveyor system

Array ( [post_title] => HMC Products: Smart conveyor system [post_content] =>

Smart conveyor system
HMC Products offers a smart conveyor system that controls off-loaded product in several different modes. It features an HMI, PLC, VFD, and two sensors.

The conveyor can operate in three different modes, one of the modes is called Counting Conveyor. This mode uses the switch located at the drop-off area of the main machine to count the pouches. While in this mode, the conveyor will attempt to group the pouches as they come off the machine. The conveyor will stop when the photo-eye does not detect a pouch in the set time to help maintain groups. When set count equals actual count, the conveyor will index at set speed for set duration.

Active Count displays the current count total and has a reset pushbutton.

Pouch Count is the input for the desired number of pouches to group.

Base Speed is the speed in Hz at which the conveyor will run while counting.

Index Speed is the speed in Hz at which the conveyor will run at high speed to separate pouches.

Index Duration is the amount of time the conveyor will run at index speed to separate the pouches from the following group.

No Pouch Stop Delay is the time to stop conveyor when photo-eye does not detect pouch.

The Diverting Conveyor, which does not use the prox switch switch. This mode uses the small light curtain sensor at the end of the conveyor.

While in this mode, the pouches coming off the machine are counted by the light curtain sensor at the end of the conveyor. Once accumulated count equals set count. The diverter will divert either left or right.

On the HMI an operator has four input parameters for adjustments.

The top display/input is the pouch count; this is the number of pouches that is required before the diverter shifts positions. Active Count is the number of pouches the light curtain has seen. When the active count equals the pouch count, the diverter will shift. The active count can be reset with the reset pushbutton on this screen.

Base Speed in Hz is the speed of the conveyor; this adjusts spacing between pouches.

Pouch Delay is the time to delay the divert chute function for the last pouch in count, fall time.

The last mode is Manual Conveyor. When in this mode Base Speed sets the conveyor speed, this mode does no counting of any type.

[post_excerpt] => HMC Products offers a smart conveyor system that controls off-loaded product in several different modes. It features an HMI, PLC, VFD, and two sensors.The conveyor can operate in three different modes, one of the modes is called Counting Conveyor. This... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-23 17:49:08 [post_date] => 2019-10-23 17:49:08 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-23 17:49:08 [post_modified] => 2019-10-23 17:49:08 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99891 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/hmc-products-smart-conveyor-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/hmc-products-smart-conveyor-system [syndication_item_hash] => 81c5c52b32786cc32e589022119c5fbc ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/hmc_products.jpeg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/hmc_products.jpeg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/hmc-products-smart-conveyor-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/hmc-products-smart-conveyor-system [syndication_item_hash] => 81c5c52b32786cc32e589022119c5fbc )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :HMC Products: Smart conveyor system

Array ( [post_title] => HMC Products: Smart conveyor system [post_content] =>

Smart conveyor system
HMC Products offers a smart conveyor system that controls off-loaded product in several different modes. It features an HMI, PLC, VFD, and two sensors.

The conveyor can operate in three different modes, one of the modes is called Counting Conveyor. This mode uses the switch located at the drop-off area of the main machine to count the pouches. While in this mode, the conveyor will attempt to group the pouches as they come off the machine. The conveyor will stop when the photo-eye does not detect a pouch in the set time to help maintain groups. When set count equals actual count, the conveyor will index at set speed for set duration.

Active Count displays the current count total and has a reset pushbutton.

Pouch Count is the input for the desired number of pouches to group.

Base Speed is the speed in Hz at which the conveyor will run while counting.

Index Speed is the speed in Hz at which the conveyor will run at high speed to separate pouches.

Index Duration is the amount of time the conveyor will run at index speed to separate the pouches from the following group.

No Pouch Stop Delay is the time to stop conveyor when photo-eye does not detect pouch.

The Diverting Conveyor, which does not use the prox switch switch. This mode uses the small light curtain sensor at the end of the conveyor.

While in this mode, the pouches coming off the machine are counted by the light curtain sensor at the end of the conveyor. Once accumulated count equals set count. The diverter will divert either left or right.

On the HMI an operator has four input parameters for adjustments.

The top display/input is the pouch count; this is the number of pouches that is required before the diverter shifts positions. Active Count is the number of pouches the light curtain has seen. When the active count equals the pouch count, the diverter will shift. The active count can be reset with the reset pushbutton on this screen.

Base Speed in Hz is the speed of the conveyor; this adjusts spacing between pouches.

Pouch Delay is the time to delay the divert chute function for the last pouch in count, fall time.

The last mode is Manual Conveyor. When in this mode Base Speed sets the conveyor speed, this mode does no counting of any type.

[post_excerpt] => HMC Products offers a smart conveyor system that controls off-loaded product in several different modes. It features an HMI, PLC, VFD, and two sensors.The conveyor can operate in three different modes, one of the modes is called Counting Conveyor. This... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-23 17:49:08 [post_date] => 2019-10-23 17:49:08 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-23 17:49:08 [post_modified] => 2019-10-23 17:49:08 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99891 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/hmc-products-smart-conveyor-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/hmc-products-smart-conveyor-system [syndication_item_hash] => 81c5c52b32786cc32e589022119c5fbc [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

ID Plastics LP: Returnable transportation container system

Array ( [post_title] => ID Plastics LP: Returnable transportation container system [post_content] =>

ID PACK returnable transportation container system
ID PACK returnable transportation container system from ID Plastics is specially engineered to meet the tough demands of commercial transport. Featuring a top lid, collapsible sleeve, and pallet base, the system can be customized to the specific needs of supplier and factory-to-factory logistic operations whether large or small in size.

ID PACK is a professionally engineered sleeve pack system which provides – as standard equipment – everything needed for top-notch efficiency and cargo safety. Its stack-supporting top lid, collapsible protective sleeve, and rock-solid pallet base set new standards in reliability and safety. In addition, a wide range of options is available for configuration in accordance with your specific needs.

ID PACK is available with a broad variety of options that can be mixed and matched to meet specific requirements. Simply choose the desired options for an intended application. Even if you don’t see the solution you need here. Let us know and we will come up with a customized solution designed specifically for your unique application.

Benefits:

• Top value for your purchase dollar

• Extremely rugged, highly secure protection

• Lightweight construction

• Big cost savings due to volume reduction in return transport

• Moisture and rot-proof, outstanding UV resistance

• Very easy to handle

• High industrial safety

• Extremely long service life

• Eco-friendly and 100 % recyclable

• Available for purchase, rental or leasing

[post_excerpt] => ID PACK returnable transportation container system from ID Plastics is specially engineered to meet the tough demands of commercial transport. Featuring a top lid, collapsible sleeve, and pallet base, the system can be customized to the specific needs ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-23 15:04:55 [post_date] => 2019-10-23 15:04:55 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-23 15:04:55 [post_modified] => 2019-10-23 15:04:55 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99881 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/id-plastics-lp-returnable-transportation-container-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/id-plastics-lp-returnable-transportation-container-system [syndication_item_hash] => 1f140a61a76d546e2ac652600d43a624 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/idplastics.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/idplastics.png

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/id-plastics-lp-returnable-transportation-container-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/id-plastics-lp-returnable-transportation-container-system [syndication_item_hash] => 1f140a61a76d546e2ac652600d43a624 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :ID Plastics LP: Returnable transportation container system

Array ( [post_title] => ID Plastics LP: Returnable transportation container system [post_content] =>

ID PACK returnable transportation container system
ID PACK returnable transportation container system from ID Plastics is specially engineered to meet the tough demands of commercial transport. Featuring a top lid, collapsible sleeve, and pallet base, the system can be customized to the specific needs of supplier and factory-to-factory logistic operations whether large or small in size.

ID PACK is a professionally engineered sleeve pack system which provides – as standard equipment – everything needed for top-notch efficiency and cargo safety. Its stack-supporting top lid, collapsible protective sleeve, and rock-solid pallet base set new standards in reliability and safety. In addition, a wide range of options is available for configuration in accordance with your specific needs.

ID PACK is available with a broad variety of options that can be mixed and matched to meet specific requirements. Simply choose the desired options for an intended application. Even if you don’t see the solution you need here. Let us know and we will come up with a customized solution designed specifically for your unique application.

Benefits:

• Top value for your purchase dollar

• Extremely rugged, highly secure protection

• Lightweight construction

• Big cost savings due to volume reduction in return transport

• Moisture and rot-proof, outstanding UV resistance

• Very easy to handle

• High industrial safety

• Extremely long service life

• Eco-friendly and 100 % recyclable

• Available for purchase, rental or leasing

[post_excerpt] => ID PACK returnable transportation container system from ID Plastics is specially engineered to meet the tough demands of commercial transport. Featuring a top lid, collapsible sleeve, and pallet base, the system can be customized to the specific needs ... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-23 15:04:55 [post_date] => 2019-10-23 15:04:55 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-23 15:04:55 [post_modified] => 2019-10-23 15:04:55 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99881 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/id-plastics-lp-returnable-transportation-container-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/id-plastics-lp-returnable-transportation-container-system [syndication_item_hash] => 1f140a61a76d546e2ac652600d43a624 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Tri-Seal: Embossed induction seal closure liners

Array ( [post_title] => Tri-Seal: Embossed induction seal closure liners [post_content] =>

Luxe® seal two-piece, embossed induction seal closure liner
Tri-Seal, a Tekni-Plex business, launches the Luxe® seal two-piece, embossed induction seal closure liners that provide an embossed alternative to traditional printed liners.

Using proprietary technology, Tri-Seal has been able to create an embossed induction seal liner that boosts both visual and tactile aesthetics. The latest addition to the Tri-Seal line is suited for a wide variety of products including over-the-counter pharmaceuticals, personal care, cosmetics, nutraceuticals and more.

“In today’s demanding marketplace, brand owners continue to look for ways to differentiate their product. An embossed liner is a memorable way to promote the brand using a wide variety of colors and custom messaging options,” said Brian Jacobi, vice president and general manager, Americas, Tri-Seal.

The Luxe seal two-piece embossed liner not only supports premium brand objects, but it also acts as a counterfeiting deterrent, as well as being tamper- and pilfer-resistant. The liners are compatible with polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene, polypropylene, and glass containers.

[post_excerpt] => Tri-Seal, a Tekni-Plex business, launches the Luxe® seal two-piece, embossed induction seal closure liners that provide an embossed alternative to traditional printed liners.Using proprietary technology, Tri-Seal has been able to create an embossed ind... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-23 12:00:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-23 12:00:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-23 12:00:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-23 12:00:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99826 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/tri-seal-embossed-induction-seal-closure-liners#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/tri-seal-embossed-induction-seal-closure-liners [syndication_item_hash] => 11119369f389e1ca7d193717864e79fa ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/tri-seal_luxe_seal_2-piece_induction_seal_liners.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/tri-seal_luxe_seal_2-piece_induction_seal_liners.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/tri-seal-embossed-induction-seal-closure-liners#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/tri-seal-embossed-induction-seal-closure-liners [syndication_item_hash] => 11119369f389e1ca7d193717864e79fa )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Tri-Seal: Embossed induction seal closure liners

Array ( [post_title] => Tri-Seal: Embossed induction seal closure liners [post_content] =>

Luxe® seal two-piece, embossed induction seal closure liner
Tri-Seal, a Tekni-Plex business, launches the Luxe® seal two-piece, embossed induction seal closure liners that provide an embossed alternative to traditional printed liners.

Using proprietary technology, Tri-Seal has been able to create an embossed induction seal liner that boosts both visual and tactile aesthetics. The latest addition to the Tri-Seal line is suited for a wide variety of products including over-the-counter pharmaceuticals, personal care, cosmetics, nutraceuticals and more.

“In today’s demanding marketplace, brand owners continue to look for ways to differentiate their product. An embossed liner is a memorable way to promote the brand using a wide variety of colors and custom messaging options,” said Brian Jacobi, vice president and general manager, Americas, Tri-Seal.

The Luxe seal two-piece embossed liner not only supports premium brand objects, but it also acts as a counterfeiting deterrent, as well as being tamper- and pilfer-resistant. The liners are compatible with polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene, polypropylene, and glass containers.

[post_excerpt] => Tri-Seal, a Tekni-Plex business, launches the Luxe® seal two-piece, embossed induction seal closure liners that provide an embossed alternative to traditional printed liners.Using proprietary technology, Tri-Seal has been able to create an embossed ind... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-23 12:00:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-23 12:00:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-23 12:00:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-23 12:00:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99826 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/tri-seal-embossed-induction-seal-closure-liners#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/tri-seal-embossed-induction-seal-closure-liners [syndication_item_hash] => 11119369f389e1ca7d193717864e79fa [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Pizza Hut Tests Compostable Pizza Box

Array ( [post_title] => Pizza Hut Tests Compostable Pizza Box [post_content] =>

Round pizza box now being tested by Pizza Hut is industrially compostable.
On October 23, Pizza Hut will introduce a limited-time test of a plant-based pizza topping served up in a game-changing round pizza box that is industrially compostable.

The test of both innovations will take place exclusively at one Pizza Hut location in Phoenix where Pizza Hut will introduce the new Garden Specialty Pizza topped with plant-based Incogmeato™ sausage topping by MorningStar Farms. Pizza Hut partnered with Zume, a company that claims it is pioneering the shift to a more sustainable future of food, to design the round box. It’s made in Zume’s California facility, says Zume CEO and Chairman Alex Garden, “utilizing our technology development and process for molded fiber packaging.” Especially notable is that it uses sustainably harvested plant fibers and is certified as industrially compostable (where available). With this unique approach to packaging, adds Garden, “we can actually create a closed-loop system from farm to fork through to final disposal.”

“We innovate for human’s sake and we’ll win on taste—PERIOD” says Marianne Radley, chief brand officer at Plano, TX-based Pizza Hut. “At Pizza Hut we don't do anything halfway, and improving the customer experience and delivering a better tasting pizza is our core mission. When we talk about feeding more possibilities we mean it—and I can’t wait to share these two new industry-changing innovations with our customers.”

Not only does the round box contain less overall packaging compared to a typical square pizza box, it interlocks easily to ensure a smoother delivery. In other words, no pizza insurance policy needed and freed up space in the fridge for leftovers. Following the event in Phoenix, Pizza Hut will look at ways to roll the box out more widely in the near future.

“This revolutionary round box—the result of a two-year journey—is the most innovative packaging we’ve rolled out to date,” said Nicolas Burquier, Chief Customer & Operations Officer at Pizza Hut. “The round box was engineered to make our products taste even better—by delivering hotter, crispier pizzas. This box is a win, win—it will improve the pizza-eating experience for our customers and simplify the operating experience for our team members.”

“Pizza Hut is an undisputed leader in its use of technology to deliver on its promise of hot, fast, and reliable food,” says Zume’s Garden. “We’re thrilled to support Pizza Hut’s packaging efforts to provide its fans with a great pizza-eating experience.”

Customers in the Phoenix area are encouraged to stop in at the Pizza Hut restaurant located at 3602 E. Thomas Rd. on Oct. 23 at 11:00 am MST to be among the first to try the limited-run Garden Specialty Pizza, served in the new round box featuring Pizza Hut’s green roof logo, while supplies last. This new product combo will be sold for $10 and be available in-store only. All proceeds raised from the sale of the Garden Specialty Pizza and round box during the one day event in Phoenix on 10/23 will be donated to Arizona Forward, a Phoenix-based sustainability organization.

Pat Reynolds
VP Editor Emeritus
[post_excerpt] => On October 23, Pizza Hut will introduce a limited-time test of a plant-based pizza topping served up in a game-changing round pizza box that is industrially compostable. The test of both innovations will take place exclusively at one Pizza Hut location... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-22 13:49:56 [post_date] => 2019-10-22 13:49:56 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-22 13:49:56 [post_modified] => 2019-10-22 13:49:56 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99866 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pizza-hut-tests-compostable-pizza-box#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pizza-hut-tests-compostable-pizza-box [syndication_item_hash] => 3b9fa7f715afa1adc96602ceed1676f4 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/news-pizza_hut.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/news-pizza_hut.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pizza-hut-tests-compostable-pizza-box#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pizza-hut-tests-compostable-pizza-box [syndication_item_hash] => 3b9fa7f715afa1adc96602ceed1676f4 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Pizza Hut Tests Compostable Pizza Box

Array ( [post_title] => Pizza Hut Tests Compostable Pizza Box [post_content] =>

Round pizza box now being tested by Pizza Hut is industrially compostable.
On October 23, Pizza Hut will introduce a limited-time test of a plant-based pizza topping served up in a game-changing round pizza box that is industrially compostable.

The test of both innovations will take place exclusively at one Pizza Hut location in Phoenix where Pizza Hut will introduce the new Garden Specialty Pizza topped with plant-based Incogmeato™ sausage topping by MorningStar Farms. Pizza Hut partnered with Zume, a company that claims it is pioneering the shift to a more sustainable future of food, to design the round box. It’s made in Zume’s California facility, says Zume CEO and Chairman Alex Garden, “utilizing our technology development and process for molded fiber packaging.” Especially notable is that it uses sustainably harvested plant fibers and is certified as industrially compostable (where available). With this unique approach to packaging, adds Garden, “we can actually create a closed-loop system from farm to fork through to final disposal.”

“We innovate for human’s sake and we’ll win on taste—PERIOD” says Marianne Radley, chief brand officer at Plano, TX-based Pizza Hut. “At Pizza Hut we don't do anything halfway, and improving the customer experience and delivering a better tasting pizza is our core mission. When we talk about feeding more possibilities we mean it—and I can’t wait to share these two new industry-changing innovations with our customers.”

Not only does the round box contain less overall packaging compared to a typical square pizza box, it interlocks easily to ensure a smoother delivery. In other words, no pizza insurance policy needed and freed up space in the fridge for leftovers. Following the event in Phoenix, Pizza Hut will look at ways to roll the box out more widely in the near future.

“This revolutionary round box—the result of a two-year journey—is the most innovative packaging we’ve rolled out to date,” said Nicolas Burquier, Chief Customer & Operations Officer at Pizza Hut. “The round box was engineered to make our products taste even better—by delivering hotter, crispier pizzas. This box is a win, win—it will improve the pizza-eating experience for our customers and simplify the operating experience for our team members.”

“Pizza Hut is an undisputed leader in its use of technology to deliver on its promise of hot, fast, and reliable food,” says Zume’s Garden. “We’re thrilled to support Pizza Hut’s packaging efforts to provide its fans with a great pizza-eating experience.”

Customers in the Phoenix area are encouraged to stop in at the Pizza Hut restaurant located at 3602 E. Thomas Rd. on Oct. 23 at 11:00 am MST to be among the first to try the limited-run Garden Specialty Pizza, served in the new round box featuring Pizza Hut’s green roof logo, while supplies last. This new product combo will be sold for $10 and be available in-store only. All proceeds raised from the sale of the Garden Specialty Pizza and round box during the one day event in Phoenix on 10/23 will be donated to Arizona Forward, a Phoenix-based sustainability organization.

Pat Reynolds
VP Editor Emeritus
[post_excerpt] => On October 23, Pizza Hut will introduce a limited-time test of a plant-based pizza topping served up in a game-changing round pizza box that is industrially compostable. The test of both innovations will take place exclusively at one Pizza Hut location... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-22 13:49:56 [post_date] => 2019-10-22 13:49:56 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-22 13:49:56 [post_modified] => 2019-10-22 13:49:56 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99866 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pizza-hut-tests-compostable-pizza-box#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/pizza-hut-tests-compostable-pizza-box [syndication_item_hash] => 3b9fa7f715afa1adc96602ceed1676f4 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Festo: Remote I/O system

Array ( [post_title] => Festo: Remote I/O system [post_content] =>

CPX-AP-I remote I/O system
Festo introduces the CPX-AP-I remote I/O system designed to improve the performance of mixed valve terminals and I/O system. It is compatible with most communication protocols, including EtherNet/IP, PROFINET, and EtherCAT.

These compact and lightweight modules can be mounted directly on machines in IP65/IP67 rated environments. CPX-AP-I recently received a 2019 Reddot award for product design.

CPX-AP-I enables valve terminals to be moved closer to pneumatic cylinders, which reduces pressurization time and increases the machine’s overall performance. Process data in and out of each bus module is as much as two kilobytes. Scan cycles for a mix of both valve terminals and I/O are below one millisecond and are expected to approach microseconds. Latency is virtually nonexistent.

Another important feature is that communication and voltage supply are via two separate connecting cables that are also galvanically isolated, eliminating the potential for stray currents. Two separate wires enable the creation of voltage zones that provide reliable control for a host of machine processes.

CPX-AP-I comes standard with a pre-integrated IO-Link® Master and IO-Link device tool for fast, effective application of IO-Link enabled devices. CPX-AP-I ensures that each application can be individually optimized. Cross-communication between modules enables applications requiring high speed and rapid control.

CPX-AP-I remote I/O has the capacity of up to 80 I/O modules, which can be a mix of digital I/O, analog I/O, I/O-Link, and valve terminals. Furthermore, the distances between modules is up to 49 ft (15 meters). CPX-AP-I has a theoretical upper limit of 500 I/O modules and 164 ft (50 meters) distance between modules.

“CPX-AP-I builds on the best features of the remote I/O technology available today and then goes farther by incorporating the latest Ethernet ASIC technology and productivity tools,” said Sandro Quintero, Product Manager – Electric Automation, Festo. “CPX-AP-I offers the best price and performance ratio of any system combining decentralized I/O with valve terminals.”

[post_excerpt] => Festo introduces the CPX-AP-I remote I/O system designed to improve the performance of mixed valve terminals and I/O system. It is compatible with most communication protocols, including EtherNet/IP, PROFINET, and EtherCAT.These compact and lightweight... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-22 12:00:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-22 12:00:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-22 12:00:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-22 12:00:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99821 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/festo-remote-io-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/festo-remote-io-system [syndication_item_hash] => e592a1159493425680222d0470248863 ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/festo_cpx-ap-i.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/festo_cpx-ap-i.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/festo-remote-io-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/festo-remote-io-system [syndication_item_hash] => e592a1159493425680222d0470248863 )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Festo: Remote I/O system

Array ( [post_title] => Festo: Remote I/O system [post_content] =>

CPX-AP-I remote I/O system
Festo introduces the CPX-AP-I remote I/O system designed to improve the performance of mixed valve terminals and I/O system. It is compatible with most communication protocols, including EtherNet/IP, PROFINET, and EtherCAT.

These compact and lightweight modules can be mounted directly on machines in IP65/IP67 rated environments. CPX-AP-I recently received a 2019 Reddot award for product design.

CPX-AP-I enables valve terminals to be moved closer to pneumatic cylinders, which reduces pressurization time and increases the machine’s overall performance. Process data in and out of each bus module is as much as two kilobytes. Scan cycles for a mix of both valve terminals and I/O are below one millisecond and are expected to approach microseconds. Latency is virtually nonexistent.

Another important feature is that communication and voltage supply are via two separate connecting cables that are also galvanically isolated, eliminating the potential for stray currents. Two separate wires enable the creation of voltage zones that provide reliable control for a host of machine processes.

CPX-AP-I comes standard with a pre-integrated IO-Link® Master and IO-Link device tool for fast, effective application of IO-Link enabled devices. CPX-AP-I ensures that each application can be individually optimized. Cross-communication between modules enables applications requiring high speed and rapid control.

CPX-AP-I remote I/O has the capacity of up to 80 I/O modules, which can be a mix of digital I/O, analog I/O, I/O-Link, and valve terminals. Furthermore, the distances between modules is up to 49 ft (15 meters). CPX-AP-I has a theoretical upper limit of 500 I/O modules and 164 ft (50 meters) distance between modules.

“CPX-AP-I builds on the best features of the remote I/O technology available today and then goes farther by incorporating the latest Ethernet ASIC technology and productivity tools,” said Sandro Quintero, Product Manager – Electric Automation, Festo. “CPX-AP-I offers the best price and performance ratio of any system combining decentralized I/O with valve terminals.”

[post_excerpt] => Festo introduces the CPX-AP-I remote I/O system designed to improve the performance of mixed valve terminals and I/O system. It is compatible with most communication protocols, including EtherNet/IP, PROFINET, and EtherCAT.These compact and lightweight... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-22 12:00:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-22 12:00:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-22 12:00:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-22 12:00:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99821 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/festo-remote-io-system#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/festo-remote-io-system [syndication_item_hash] => e592a1159493425680222d0470248863 [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Dove’s new initiatives will reduce the use of virgin plastic by 23,000-plus tons per year

Array ( [post_title] => Dove’s new initiatives will reduce the use of virgin plastic by 23,000-plus tons per year [post_content] =>

Dove’s new initiatives will reduce the use of virgin plastic by 23,000-plus tons per year.
Dove announces new initiatives as part of its 2025 commitment to reduce plastic waste, which include a move to 100% recycled plastic bottles, and plastic-free packs for its beauty bar.

Global beauty brand Dove has unveiled new initiatives and impact figures to accelerate the global beauty industry’s progress to address plastic waste. According to Dove, its initiatives, expected to reduce the use of virgin plastics by approximately 23,000 tons per year, will be one of the largest reduction plans of its kind in the beauty industry. Adds the company, the amount of virgin plastic it will save per year will be enough to circle the Earth 2.7 times. (The equivalence figure for the amount of virgin plastic bottles Dove will save is calculated on the basis of lining up Dove 16-oz/473-mL bottles end to end.) The brand says it has opted for long-term initiatives rather than one-off limited editions to ensure a greater and sustained impact.

To be part of the solution in creating a circular plastics economy, one where plastics are reused and recycled, Dove is accelerating and expanding its actions with renewed force following the NO | BETTER | LESS PLASTIC framework:

  1. NO PLASTIC: Dove is eliminating the use of plastics where possible by using alternative materials and new packaging formats. Next year its iconic beauty bar single packs will be plastic-free globally (production timing is pending on development test results), and development is underway to replace the plastic outerwrap of its beauty-bar multipacks with a zero-plastic material.
  2. BETTER PLASTIC: Dove is committed to investing in more sustainable plastic choices to reduce the use of virgin plastic, supporting the creation of a circular economy for plastics. This includes today’s announcement that Dove will start to launch new 100% recycled plastic (PCR) bottles where technically feasible, in North America and Europe by the end of 2019—across all ranges (Dove, Dove Men+Care, and Baby Dove). 1Dove says it continues to search for solutions where recycled plastic is not currently technically feasible, including for caps and pumps.
  3. LESS PLASTIC: Dove will leverage the technology behind its new reusable, refillable, stainless steel format deodorant sticks: minim™. This technology minimizes waste by reducing the amount of plastic required. The launch date is not yet confirmed, but work is well underway. Minim will be trialed as part of the LOOP™ platform initiative.

Says Sander Defruyt, New Plastics Economy Lead, Ellen MacArthur Foundation, “Better recycling alone will not solve the plastics problems we face today, we must address plastic waste at the source. This means eliminating the plastic items we don’t need, innovating the ones we do need so that all of them are reusable, recyclable, or compostable, and circulating all those we use by reusing them, or recycling them into new products and packaging. Action is needed now, and on all of these fronts in parallel. That is why we welcome Dove’s announcements. Their significant strides help reduce Dove’s use of virgin plastics, and help to accelerate the global transition to a circular economy for plastics.”

Dove’s initiatives will contribute to Unilever’s recently announced new commitments on plastic:

  • To halve its use of virgin plastic, by reducing its absolute use of plastic packaging by more than 110,000 tons and accelerating its use of recycled plastic
  • To help collect and process more plastic packaging than it sells

They also build on Unilever and Dove’s history of action on plastic alternatives, including Unilever becoming a partner of the Ellen MacArthur Foundation’s New Plastic Economy initiative and Dove avoiding the use of more than 11,000 tons of virgin plastic in the last decade.

Explains Marcela Melero, Dove Global Skin Cleansing Vice President, “At Dove, we believe in care that goes further: for our consumers as well as our planet. We are passionately committed to being one of the brands making the biggest impact against plastic waste. We know we’re not perfect, but we can’t afford to wait. We’re working to have the biggest positive impact we can, as quickly as we can, and empowering others to do the same.”

Adds, Richard Slater, Unilever Chief R&D Officer, “At Dove, we are proud to have more than 100 initiatives ongoing around the world dedicated to tackling plastic waste. But as one of the biggest beauty brands in the world, we have a responsibility to accelerate our progress even further. Today’s announcements are an important step in our work to transform how we produce, use, and dispose of plastic packaging. By making this move, we aim to drive the global recycling industry to collect more waste plastic and make more recycled plastic available for use.’’

1According to Dove, there are only a few exceptions within the whole portfolio that are not fully 100% recycled bottles but still present a very high percentage in certain specific markets, and the plan is to achieve 100% very soon. These exceptions are:

  • In Europe, Dove bottles with MuCell technology will be at 97% recycled plastic content by year end. Liquid handwash, also with MuCell technology, will be at 97% recycled plastic but Dove had to postpone the implementation to Q3-20 as there is not enough reliable, good quality recycled PP available to allow for 100% application.
  • The self-foaming and liquid handwash formats in North America will be at 78% recycled plastic. Dove says its continues to explore possible options to move these products to 100%.
  • Deodorant packs are made mainly of PP. Currently, there is not enough reliable, good quality recycled PP available to allow for 100% application, says Dove. So the company has started with as much recycled plastic as it can incorporate, without negatively impacting the functional properties of the pack. The percentage of recycled plastic differs, depending on the structures (for example, sticks versus roll-ons) and the pack colors.
  • Certain types of color-vignetted bottles in its hair range in North America and Europe, where no technical solution yet exists. But Dove says it is exploring ways to make a similar move.
Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => Dove announces new initiatives as part of its 2025 commitment to reduce plastic waste, which include a move to 100% recycled plastic bottles, and plastic-free packs for its beauty bar.Global beauty brand Dove has unveiled new initiatives and impact fig... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-21 14:40:18 [post_date] => 2019-10-21 14:40:18 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-21 14:40:18 [post_modified] => 2019-10-21 14:40:18 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99861 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/doves-new-initiatives-will-reduce-use-virgin-plastic-23000-plus-tons-year#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/doves-new-initiatives-will-reduce-use-virgin-plastic-23000-plus-tons-year [syndication_item_hash] => c2d394fe0173a5b90e37da8bf7ef124f ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/dove-log_web.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/dove-log_web.png

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/doves-new-initiatives-will-reduce-use-virgin-plastic-23000-plus-tons-year#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/doves-new-initiatives-will-reduce-use-virgin-plastic-23000-plus-tons-year [syndication_item_hash] => c2d394fe0173a5b90e37da8bf7ef124f )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Dove’s new initiatives will reduce the use of virgin plastic by 23,000-plus tons per year

Array ( [post_title] => Dove’s new initiatives will reduce the use of virgin plastic by 23,000-plus tons per year [post_content] =>

Dove’s new initiatives will reduce the use of virgin plastic by 23,000-plus tons per year.
Dove announces new initiatives as part of its 2025 commitment to reduce plastic waste, which include a move to 100% recycled plastic bottles, and plastic-free packs for its beauty bar.

Global beauty brand Dove has unveiled new initiatives and impact figures to accelerate the global beauty industry’s progress to address plastic waste. According to Dove, its initiatives, expected to reduce the use of virgin plastics by approximately 23,000 tons per year, will be one of the largest reduction plans of its kind in the beauty industry. Adds the company, the amount of virgin plastic it will save per year will be enough to circle the Earth 2.7 times. (The equivalence figure for the amount of virgin plastic bottles Dove will save is calculated on the basis of lining up Dove 16-oz/473-mL bottles end to end.) The brand says it has opted for long-term initiatives rather than one-off limited editions to ensure a greater and sustained impact.

To be part of the solution in creating a circular plastics economy, one where plastics are reused and recycled, Dove is accelerating and expanding its actions with renewed force following the NO | BETTER | LESS PLASTIC framework:

  1. NO PLASTIC: Dove is eliminating the use of plastics where possible by using alternative materials and new packaging formats. Next year its iconic beauty bar single packs will be plastic-free globally (production timing is pending on development test results), and development is underway to replace the plastic outerwrap of its beauty-bar multipacks with a zero-plastic material.
  2. BETTER PLASTIC: Dove is committed to investing in more sustainable plastic choices to reduce the use of virgin plastic, supporting the creation of a circular economy for plastics. This includes today’s announcement that Dove will start to launch new 100% recycled plastic (PCR) bottles where technically feasible, in North America and Europe by the end of 2019—across all ranges (Dove, Dove Men+Care, and Baby Dove). 1Dove says it continues to search for solutions where recycled plastic is not currently technically feasible, including for caps and pumps.
  3. LESS PLASTIC: Dove will leverage the technology behind its new reusable, refillable, stainless steel format deodorant sticks: minim™. This technology minimizes waste by reducing the amount of plastic required. The launch date is not yet confirmed, but work is well underway. Minim will be trialed as part of the LOOP™ platform initiative.

Says Sander Defruyt, New Plastics Economy Lead, Ellen MacArthur Foundation, “Better recycling alone will not solve the plastics problems we face today, we must address plastic waste at the source. This means eliminating the plastic items we don’t need, innovating the ones we do need so that all of them are reusable, recyclable, or compostable, and circulating all those we use by reusing them, or recycling them into new products and packaging. Action is needed now, and on all of these fronts in parallel. That is why we welcome Dove’s announcements. Their significant strides help reduce Dove’s use of virgin plastics, and help to accelerate the global transition to a circular economy for plastics.”

Dove’s initiatives will contribute to Unilever’s recently announced new commitments on plastic:

  • To halve its use of virgin plastic, by reducing its absolute use of plastic packaging by more than 110,000 tons and accelerating its use of recycled plastic
  • To help collect and process more plastic packaging than it sells

They also build on Unilever and Dove’s history of action on plastic alternatives, including Unilever becoming a partner of the Ellen MacArthur Foundation’s New Plastic Economy initiative and Dove avoiding the use of more than 11,000 tons of virgin plastic in the last decade.

Explains Marcela Melero, Dove Global Skin Cleansing Vice President, “At Dove, we believe in care that goes further: for our consumers as well as our planet. We are passionately committed to being one of the brands making the biggest impact against plastic waste. We know we’re not perfect, but we can’t afford to wait. We’re working to have the biggest positive impact we can, as quickly as we can, and empowering others to do the same.”

Adds, Richard Slater, Unilever Chief R&D Officer, “At Dove, we are proud to have more than 100 initiatives ongoing around the world dedicated to tackling plastic waste. But as one of the biggest beauty brands in the world, we have a responsibility to accelerate our progress even further. Today’s announcements are an important step in our work to transform how we produce, use, and dispose of plastic packaging. By making this move, we aim to drive the global recycling industry to collect more waste plastic and make more recycled plastic available for use.’’

1According to Dove, there are only a few exceptions within the whole portfolio that are not fully 100% recycled bottles but still present a very high percentage in certain specific markets, and the plan is to achieve 100% very soon. These exceptions are:

  • In Europe, Dove bottles with MuCell technology will be at 97% recycled plastic content by year end. Liquid handwash, also with MuCell technology, will be at 97% recycled plastic but Dove had to postpone the implementation to Q3-20 as there is not enough reliable, good quality recycled PP available to allow for 100% application.
  • The self-foaming and liquid handwash formats in North America will be at 78% recycled plastic. Dove says its continues to explore possible options to move these products to 100%.
  • Deodorant packs are made mainly of PP. Currently, there is not enough reliable, good quality recycled PP available to allow for 100% application, says Dove. So the company has started with as much recycled plastic as it can incorporate, without negatively impacting the functional properties of the pack. The percentage of recycled plastic differs, depending on the structures (for example, sticks versus roll-ons) and the pack colors.
  • Certain types of color-vignetted bottles in its hair range in North America and Europe, where no technical solution yet exists. But Dove says it is exploring ways to make a similar move.
Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => Dove announces new initiatives as part of its 2025 commitment to reduce plastic waste, which include a move to 100% recycled plastic bottles, and plastic-free packs for its beauty bar.Global beauty brand Dove has unveiled new initiatives and impact fig... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-21 14:40:18 [post_date] => 2019-10-21 14:40:18 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-21 14:40:18 [post_modified] => 2019-10-21 14:40:18 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99861 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/doves-new-initiatives-will-reduce-use-virgin-plastic-23000-plus-tons-year#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/doves-new-initiatives-will-reduce-use-virgin-plastic-23000-plus-tons-year [syndication_item_hash] => c2d394fe0173a5b90e37da8bf7ef124f [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

NiMCO Corp.: Vf/f/s machine for gable-top cartons

Array ( [post_title] => NiMCO Corp.: Vf/f/s machine for gable-top cartons [post_content] =>

Model 3140
NiMCO’s Model 3140 Dry Fill is a single lane vf/f/s machine for gable-top cartons.

The new CAP-PAC ® Spout Applicator can be installed into the machine to automatically feed, apply, and weld plastic spouts to gable-top containers.

Fitments can be applied to standard liquid package cross-sections, from 1/2 (1.5 liter) to 1 gal (5 liter), Tetra Rex®, or Pure Pak® style constructions, custom package formats, and rectangular shapes.

[post_excerpt] => NiMCO’s Model 3140 Dry Fill is a single lane vf/f/s machine for gable-top cartons.The new CAP-PAC ® Spout Applicator can be installed into the machine to automatically feed, apply, and weld plastic spouts to gable-top containers. Fitments can be appli... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-21 12:00:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-21 12:00:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-21 12:00:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-21 12:00:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99831 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/nimco-corp-vffs-machine-gable-top-cartons#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/nimco-corp-vffs-machine-gable-top-cartons [syndication_item_hash] => b86e77d0e1549007c70e75d7f0d19bbe ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/nimco.jpg

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/nimco.jpg

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/nimco-corp-vffs-machine-gable-top-cartons#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/nimco-corp-vffs-machine-gable-top-cartons [syndication_item_hash] => b86e77d0e1549007c70e75d7f0d19bbe )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :NiMCO Corp.: Vf/f/s machine for gable-top cartons

Array ( [post_title] => NiMCO Corp.: Vf/f/s machine for gable-top cartons [post_content] =>

Model 3140
NiMCO’s Model 3140 Dry Fill is a single lane vf/f/s machine for gable-top cartons.

The new CAP-PAC ® Spout Applicator can be installed into the machine to automatically feed, apply, and weld plastic spouts to gable-top containers.

Fitments can be applied to standard liquid package cross-sections, from 1/2 (1.5 liter) to 1 gal (5 liter), Tetra Rex®, or Pure Pak® style constructions, custom package formats, and rectangular shapes.

[post_excerpt] => NiMCO’s Model 3140 Dry Fill is a single lane vf/f/s machine for gable-top cartons.The new CAP-PAC ® Spout Applicator can be installed into the machine to automatically feed, apply, and weld plastic spouts to gable-top containers. Fitments can be appli... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-21 12:00:00 [post_date] => 2019-10-21 12:00:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-21 12:00:00 [post_modified] => 2019-10-21 12:00:00 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99831 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/nimco-corp-vffs-machine-gable-top-cartons#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/nimco-corp-vffs-machine-gable-top-cartons [syndication_item_hash] => b86e77d0e1549007c70e75d7f0d19bbe [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Color Drives Graphics for Organic BBQ Sauce

Array ( [post_title] => Color Drives Graphics for Organic BBQ Sauce [post_content] =>

The Organics line uses a colored background and a Kraft tag.
New BBQ sauce line in a new, inverted pouch for Uncle Dougie’s requires packaging graphics that differentiate it on shelf while aligning with the company’s legacy bottled products.

When Rob Johnson, CEO of Uncle Dougie’s joined the company in August 2017, he took an inventory of the package graphics for the company’s barbecue sauces and found there were some elements that had become more common in the category that Uncle Dougie’s was missing. One request from consumers was a clear indication on the label of the heat level of the sauce. This inspired the creation of Uncle Dougie’s Heat-O-Meter—a set of five flame icons, with the heat of the sauce indicated by the number of flames colored red versus white—which can now be found on all of its BBQ sauce packaging. The other, he says, was a description of the taste profile for each variety, an important addition as some of the flavors were not as “straight up the middle” as some of Uncle Dougie’s legacy sauces.

When it came to designing the graphics for the new Organics line in the STANDCAP pouch, the goal was to make them different enough from the jar labels so that they were clearly distinguishable, but similar enough that they provided a consistent brand identity. To accomplish this, Uncle Dougie’s worked with its longtime design partner, Schafer Condon Carter (SCC).

To differentiate the new Organics line from Uncle Dougie’s bottled offerings, SCC flipped the color scheme. Whereas the labels on the jars use a Kraft-colored background with a hang-tag illustration (a nod to its small-batch provenance) in a solid color, the Organics graphics comprise a bright, solid-colored background with a Kraft-colored hang tag. “It was just a way to unify the entire line around the same packaging graphics architecture, but differentiate the Organics line so when people saw it, they would know it was something a little bit different,” Johnson explains.

For the bottle label, the Uncle Dougie’s logo in brown is positioned vertically on the left side of the front panel. The pouch provides a bigger billboard, so the logo takes a prominent position at the top of the package and is printed in white. Underneath the logo is a solid-colored white bar within which is the Organics moniker in the same color as used for the pouch.

Just as with the bottled sauces, a cartoon illustration of founder Doug Tomek giving a thumbs-up sign peeks out from behind the hang tag on the Organics line. The hang tag itself uses a different design, but uses the same typography and provides the flavor names and descriptions, just like the hang tag on the bottle labels.

In terms of the background color for the Organics pouches, SCC and Uncle Dougie’s chose colors for each variety that would align with the different flavors, while still being mindful of Glenroy’s requirements, as well as the color’s compatibility with other graphic elements on the package. “For example, for our Hickory Bourbon, we originally wanted to have a reddish brown color just because of the color of the sauce,” says Johnson. “But it would have been impossible for us to get some of the other things on the package, such as the Heat-O-Meter, to stand out with that color.” Instead, Rich Hickory Bourbon uses a burnt orange color.

Of the final design, Johnson says he is “really happy with the way it turned out.” He adds, “I think one of the cool things is, like I said, our brand motto is ‘Good, Clean Fun,’ and I think the range of colors makes the product portfolio look really fun. When you’ve got the product on-shelf with all these bright colors, it’s just a really fun package.”

Read main article, "Inverted Pouch for BBW Sauce a First for the Category," here.

Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => New BBQ sauce line in a new, inverted pouch for Uncle Dougie’s requires packaging graphics that differentiate it on shelf while aligning with the company’s legacy bottled products.When Rob Johnson, CEO of Uncle Dougie’s joined the company in August 201... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-21 07:00:40 [post_date] => 2019-10-21 07:00:40 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-21 07:00:40 [post_modified] => 2019-10-21 07:00:40 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99756 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/color-drives-graphics-organic-bbq-sauce#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/color-drives-graphics-organic-bbq-sauce [syndication_item_hash] => 159811b3282da9abb6978ecfa242ba9c ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

Doing filter:faf_image_filter

Execute image filter

Image process

Local save:https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/uncle_dougies_design_side_2_copy.png

Image process :: Saving local image

grab remote location : https://www.packworld.com/sites/default/files/field/image/uncle_dougies_design_side_2_copy.png

Image exception happened:

404 - File not found

Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/color-drives-graphics-organic-bbq-sauce#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/color-drives-graphics-organic-bbq-sauce [syndication_item_hash] => 159811b3282da9abb6978ecfa242ba9c )

Execute : Enclosure images

Enclosure save:

Array ( [0] => )

No match on

Decide filter: Returning post, everything seems orderly :Color Drives Graphics for Organic BBQ Sauce

Array ( [post_title] => Color Drives Graphics for Organic BBQ Sauce [post_content] =>

The Organics line uses a colored background and a Kraft tag.
New BBQ sauce line in a new, inverted pouch for Uncle Dougie’s requires packaging graphics that differentiate it on shelf while aligning with the company’s legacy bottled products.

When Rob Johnson, CEO of Uncle Dougie’s joined the company in August 2017, he took an inventory of the package graphics for the company’s barbecue sauces and found there were some elements that had become more common in the category that Uncle Dougie’s was missing. One request from consumers was a clear indication on the label of the heat level of the sauce. This inspired the creation of Uncle Dougie’s Heat-O-Meter—a set of five flame icons, with the heat of the sauce indicated by the number of flames colored red versus white—which can now be found on all of its BBQ sauce packaging. The other, he says, was a description of the taste profile for each variety, an important addition as some of the flavors were not as “straight up the middle” as some of Uncle Dougie’s legacy sauces.

When it came to designing the graphics for the new Organics line in the STANDCAP pouch, the goal was to make them different enough from the jar labels so that they were clearly distinguishable, but similar enough that they provided a consistent brand identity. To accomplish this, Uncle Dougie’s worked with its longtime design partner, Schafer Condon Carter (SCC).

To differentiate the new Organics line from Uncle Dougie’s bottled offerings, SCC flipped the color scheme. Whereas the labels on the jars use a Kraft-colored background with a hang-tag illustration (a nod to its small-batch provenance) in a solid color, the Organics graphics comprise a bright, solid-colored background with a Kraft-colored hang tag. “It was just a way to unify the entire line around the same packaging graphics architecture, but differentiate the Organics line so when people saw it, they would know it was something a little bit different,” Johnson explains.

For the bottle label, the Uncle Dougie’s logo in brown is positioned vertically on the left side of the front panel. The pouch provides a bigger billboard, so the logo takes a prominent position at the top of the package and is printed in white. Underneath the logo is a solid-colored white bar within which is the Organics moniker in the same color as used for the pouch.

Just as with the bottled sauces, a cartoon illustration of founder Doug Tomek giving a thumbs-up sign peeks out from behind the hang tag on the Organics line. The hang tag itself uses a different design, but uses the same typography and provides the flavor names and descriptions, just like the hang tag on the bottle labels.

In terms of the background color for the Organics pouches, SCC and Uncle Dougie’s chose colors for each variety that would align with the different flavors, while still being mindful of Glenroy’s requirements, as well as the color’s compatibility with other graphic elements on the package. “For example, for our Hickory Bourbon, we originally wanted to have a reddish brown color just because of the color of the sauce,” says Johnson. “But it would have been impossible for us to get some of the other things on the package, such as the Heat-O-Meter, to stand out with that color.” Instead, Rich Hickory Bourbon uses a burnt orange color.

Of the final design, Johnson says he is “really happy with the way it turned out.” He adds, “I think one of the cool things is, like I said, our brand motto is ‘Good, Clean Fun,’ and I think the range of colors makes the product portfolio look really fun. When you’ve got the product on-shelf with all these bright colors, it’s just a really fun package.”

Read main article, "Inverted Pouch for BBW Sauce a First for the Category," here.

Anne Marie Mohan
Senior Editor, Packaging World
[post_excerpt] => New BBQ sauce line in a new, inverted pouch for Uncle Dougie’s requires packaging graphics that differentiate it on shelf while aligning with the company’s legacy bottled products.When Rob Johnson, CEO of Uncle Dougie’s joined the company in August 201... [post_date_gmt] => 2019-10-21 07:00:40 [post_date] => 2019-10-21 07:00:40 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-10-21 07:00:40 [post_modified] => 2019-10-21 07:00:40 [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [guid] => 99756 at https://www.packworld.com [meta] => Array ( [enclosure] => Array ( [0] => ) [syndication_source] => Packaging World - Packaging news, trends & innovations [syndication_source_uri] => https://www.packworld.com/packagingworldfeed.xml [syndication_source_id] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [rss:comments] => https://www.packworld.com/article/color-drives-graphics-organic-bbq-sauce#comments [syndication_feed] => http://feeds.feedburner.com/packworld/QLwk [syndication_feed_id] => 40 [syndication_permalink] => https://www.packworld.com/article/color-drives-graphics-organic-bbq-sauce [syndication_item_hash] => 159811b3282da9abb6978ecfa242ba9c [faf_process_image] => ) [post_type] => post [post_author] => 1 [tax_input] => Array ( [category] => Array ( ) [post_tag] => Array ( ) [post_format] => Array ( ) ) )

FAF deciding on filters on post to be syndicated:

Serendipity Strikes a Third Time with Sustainability

Array ( [post_title] => Serendipity Strikes a Third Time with Sustainability [post_content] =>

A life-cycle analysis of glass jars versus flexible pouches yielded surprising results.
In analyzing the sustainability of the new inverted squeeze pouch for its BBQ sauce, Uncle Dougie’s is surprised to learn of its environmental impact versus glass jars.

In the accompanying article, CEO of Uncle Dougie’s Rob Johnson explains how serendipity led to the partnership between the BBQ sauce maker and STANDCAP supplier Glenroy just when it was looking for a replacement for its glass packaging, and then again how it led to finding a co-packer willing to invest in filling the unique packaging format. In a third serendipitous event, Johnson’s municipality in Boise, ID, stopped collecting glass for recycling—a move that led him to research the reality behind glass’s perceived sustainability versus glass.

“I found there are a lot of municipalities around the country that are no longer accepting glass in curbside recycling for a whole host of reasons,” Johnson says. “Number one, it’s really resource intensive to clean and process glass to be recycled. And, number two, the secondary market for recycled glass just isn’t robust enough for it to be a profit-making enterprise for waste companies.

“The other thing is, because it’s such a laborious process to recycle glass, the demand for it and the throughput don’t match up. So there’s way too much glass to be cleaned and recycled than there is capacity to do it. As a result, all of these municipal waste companies are collecting glass, and it is, in effect, going into the landfill anyway.”

With this information in hand, Johnson began to wonder if the STANDCAP, with its lightweight, flexible nature, might actually be more sustainable than glass, even though it’s not recyclable. To find the answer to that question, Uncle Dougie’s worked with Glenroy and the Natural Marketing Institute (NMI) to measure the environmental footprint of squeeze pouches versus typical glass bottles for BBQ sauce. “The results,” says Johnson, “were a lot more dramatic than we were anticipating.”

When comparing an 18-oz glass bottle with a 13.5-oz squeeze pouch using COMPASS® life-cycle assessment software from the Sustainable Packaging Coalition (SPC), NMI found that the squeeze pouch reduces the use of fossil fuel by 65%; reduces greenhouse gas emissions by 78%, including a 30% reduction in GHGs resulting from transportation of the pouches; and decreases the amount of water used by 80%.

“What’s interesting about this is that most people’s preconception would probably be that glass is going to be better for the environment than a plastic pouch, and that could not be more untrue,” says Johnson. “Based on these findings, the pouch is dramatically better for the environment.

“But one of the most important things about this to us is that it’s not just about building a business and creating a better consumer experience in the category, it’s also about—as Doug [Doug Tomek, founder of Uncle Dougie’s] likes to say—leaving the world a better place than we found it. And I think despite people’s reservations about plastic versus glass, obviously the impact this is going to have for us to be selling barbecue sauce in a flexible pouch as opposed to a glass bottle is really, really significant.”

The pouch’s lighter weight also makes it a better option for shipping via e-commerce—a benefit Uncle Dougie’s hadn’t been aiming for with the project, but one that will allow it to get its product into the hands of more consumers, as shipping long distances becomes more economical with the pouch.

Although there is not currently a way for multilayer film to be recycled, Johnson says that now, with its STANDCAP package, the moment a solution becomes available, Uncle Dougie’s will be able to take advantage of it immediately, without